EE C-15 5 and 6 PDF

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 332

Government of Karnataka

Department of Technical Education


Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title: POWER ELECTRONICS Course Code : 15EE51T


Semester :V Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) :4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course :Lecture +Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks
Programme: Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.

Pre-requisites : Knowledge of Electrical machines, Analog & Digital Electronics

Course Objectives : To introduce the concept of semiconductors devices for high


power supply and their applications

COURSE TOPICS:

Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 Power Semiconductor Devices 9

2 SCR Control Circuits 6

3 Ratings, Protection & Mounting of Thyristors 3

4 Converters 13

8
5 Power Supplies and Stabilizers

13
6 Applications

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 1


Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Understand the basics of power semiconductor devices

2. Explain Thyristor control circuits

3. Generalize the protection of Thyristors

4. Analyze the working of DC and AC Converters

5. Describe the operation of power supplies.

6. Illustrate the applications of power Electronics.

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Total Marks


Educational Component Weightage (%)
No. (Out of 145)
1 Remembering 10 15

2 Understanding 45 65

3 Application 45 65

Total 100 145

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level
Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

CL Linked Teaching Hrs


Course Outcome PO

Understand the basics of power 2,10 9


CO1 R/U
semiconductor devices

CO2 Explain Thyristor control circuits U/A 2,4,10 6

Generalize the protection of 2,10 3


CO3 R/U
Thyristors

Analyze the working of DC and 4,10 13


CO4 U/A
AC Converters

Describe the operation of power 4,10 8


C05 U/A
supplies.

Illustrate the applications of power 13


C06 U/A 4,10
Electronics.

Total sessions 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Questions to Questions to
be set for be set for
Max.
(5marks ) (10marks) Marks
Unit Marks
Unit Name Hour PART - A PART - B weightage
No per
(%)
Unit
R U A R U A

Understand the
basics of power
1 9 25 1 1 0 0.5 1 0 17
semiconductor
devices

2 Explain Thyristor
6 15 0 1 0 0 1 10
control circuits

Generalize the
3 protection of 3 10 1 0 0 0.5 0 7
Thyristors

Analyze the working


4 of DC and AC 13 35 0 1 1 0 1 1.5 24
Converters

Describe the
5 operation of power 8 20 0 1 0 1 0.5 14
supplies.

Illustrate the
6 applications of power 13 40 0 1 1 0 1 2 28
Electronics.

Total 9 10 100
52 145
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 4


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

POWER
- 2 - 3 - - - - - 3
ELECTRONICS
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 5


Course Content:
Unit –I
POWER SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES– Concept of power electronics, Power
electronic devices-Power diode- Structure, Characteristics, types and applications, Power
transistor-types, switching characteristics and applications, MOSFET-operation, transfer
characteristics and applications, IGBT –structure and applications, SCR-layer diagram,
transistor analogy, Characteristics, LASCR –structure and operation, GTO Triac-
characteristics, triggering modes, DIAC- Characteristics, operation and applications

Unit –II
SCR CONTROL CIRCUITS- Methods of turning on the SCR, General layout of firing
circuit, R and RC Firing circuits, Pulse triggering using UJT, Digital firing scheme,
Commutation and types.

Unit –III
RATINGS, PROTECTION & MOUNTING OF THYRISTORS- Voltage and current
ratings of SCR, Protection of SCR against Over voltage, Over current, di/dt and dv/dt,
Types of Mounting of SCRs

Unit –IV
CONVERTERS - Types of converters, Phase control, Full controlled bridge converter, dual
converters, three phase converters, Choppers-definition, step up and step down choppers,
different chopper configurations, inverters-definition ,VSI and CSI, Half bridge inverter and
full bride inverter, three phase bridge inverter, cyclo converter-midpoint cyclo converter, step
up and step down cyclo converter, advantages and disadvantages

Unit –V
POWER SUPPLIES AND STABILIZERS- SMPS and operation, Buck, Boost, Buck-
Boost and Flyback converter, power line disturbances, sources and effects power
conditioners, Operation of relay type AC voltage stabilizer, advantages and disadvantages of
Relay type stabilizer, AC servo voltage stabilizer, advantages and disadvantages, UPS-
Battery size and required voltage for UPS, Offline UPS, Online UPS.

Unit –VI
APPLICATIONS- Power system applications- Static AC circuit breaker, interconnection
of renewable energy sources and energy storage systems to the utility, Grid Thyristor
switched capacitors and Thyristor switched inductors (Reactors).
Industrial applications -Switch mode welder, Voltage source series resonant inverters in
induction heating, solid state relay, speed control of shunt wound DC motor by armature
voltage control method, soft starting of Induction motor, static slip recovery system in
induction motor (static scherbius drive), speed control of Induction Motor by Variable
voltage frequency method
Domestic Applications-High frequency lighting system, SCR battery charger.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 6


Reference Books:
1. Power Electronics by Dr P S Bimbhra , Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
2. Industiial Electronics and Control Biswanath Paul PHI Publication Edition-II
3. Thyristorised power controllers GK Dubey
4. Power and industrial Electronics by Harish C Rai
5. Power electronics by Mohan Undeland & Robbins, Wiley Publications
6. Modern Power Electronics by P.C.Sen
7. Power Electronics – RaghunathRao,
8. Voltage Stabilizers and cut outs-Mc Sharma , BPB Pulications
9. Switch Gear and protection by J B Gupta , Katson Publication

e-Resources:
www.electricalengineeringinfo.com/2014/06/silicon...

Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group
discussion, exercises and student activities, assignments.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 7


Course Assessment and Evaluation:

Course
To Max Evidence
What Frequency Outcom
Whom Marks Collected
es
Three IA tests
for Theory:
(Continuous Internal

(Average Blue
I A Tests 20 1 to 6
marks of Three Books
Evaluation)

Tests to be

Students
computed).
CIE
Direct Assessment

Student Report of
05 1 to 6
Student Activity 2 pages
Activity
TOTAL 25
(Semester End
Examination)

Answer
Students

End Of the
SEE

End Exam 100 Scripts at 1 to 6


Course
BTE

Student Feedback on Middle Of


Assessment

Feed Back Forms 1 to 6


course The Course
Students
Indirect

End Of The
End Of Course Survey Questionnaires 1 to 6
Course

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination


Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.

Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks evaluated through appropriate rubrics.
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions & Assessment
Methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 8


Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:

Lesson
No./ Duration
Contents
Session
No.
Unit I Introduction to power electronics 9 Hours

Describe the concept of power electronics


Draw the layer structure of power diode and explain it.
1. Draw V –I characteristics of power diode and explain. 01 Hour
List & explain types of power diodes and their applications
Ref: 1 Ref: 2
List the types of Power transistors, explain BJT switching
2. characteristics, BJT as a switch 01 Hour
Ref: 1
Explain the operation of N-channel enhancement MOSFET
and draw its transfer characteristic curve, application of 01 Hour
3.
MOSFET
Ref: 1
Draw and Explain the structure of IGBT and application of
IGBT Ref: 5 01 Hour
4.
Compare MOSFET, BJT and IGBT
Ref: 2
Draw the layer diagram of SCR and explain the concept of two
5. 01 Hour
transistor analogy of SCR. Ref: 1

Explain the static V-I characteristic curve of SCR, Enumerate


6. Reverse blocking , Forward blocking, forward conduction mode 01 Hour
Ref: 1
Define GTO. Explain the principle of operation and list its
applications. Ref: 1 01 Hour
7.
Draw the layer structure of LASCR and explain its operation
Ref: 2
Draw the layer structure and explain the operation of TRIAC
Draw V-I characteristics & explain 4-Modes of turn on of
8 01Hour
TRIAC, state the preferred mode of turn-on
Ref: 1, Ref: 2
Explain the operation of DIAC and draw its V-I characteristic
curve, application of DIAC. Ref: 1
9 Explain the construction & operation of UJT. 01Hour
Draw & explain the V-I characteristics of UJT
List the applications of UJT Ref: 2
UNIT II SCR CONTROL CIRCUITS 6 Hours
List and explain the methods of turn on of SCR 01 Hour
10 Draw and explain the general layout of firing circuit
Ref:3, Ref 1

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 9


Draw R firing circuit and explain with wave forms. 01 Hour
11
Draw R-C firing circuit and explain with wave forms Ref:1
12 Draw synchronized UJT pulse trigger circuit and explain with 01 Hour
waveforms.
Ref:3, Ref 1
13 Draw the Digital firing scheme and explain with wave forms 01 Hour
Ref:3
14 Define commutation, 01 Hour
Explain line commutation, forced commutation and list the
methods of forced commutation
Ref:1, Ref:2
15 Explain Load commutation and complementary commutation 01 Hour
Ref:1
3
Unit III Ratings ,Protection & Mounting of Thyristors
Hours
16 Explain voltage and current ratings of SCR and Reliability of 01 Hour
SCR Define MTBF. Ref:1 Ref:7
17 Describe how SCR can be protected against overvoltage and 01 Hour
over current, di/dt & dv/dt. Ref:1
18 Explain the different types of mounting of SCR. Ref:1 01 Hour

13
Unit IV CONVERTERS
Hours
DC Converters
Explain the types of power electronic converters
List the advantages and disadvantages of power electronic
19 converters Ref:1 01 Hour
Explain single quadrant semi converter, two quadrant full
converter and dual converter. Ref:3
Explain smart power modules 01 Hour
20 Explain principle of phase control with waveforms for resistive
load. Ref:1
Explain single phase full converter RLE type with continuous 01 Hour
21
load current Ref:1
Draw the circuit diagram of single phase Dual converter and 01 Hour
22
explain the principle of operation. Ref 2
23 Explain the gating pulse requirement of 3 phase full converters 01 Hour
Ref 4
Draw the circuit diagram of three phase bride converter and 01 Hour
24
explain 180 conduction mode with wave forms. Ref:1
Define DC Chopper.
Draw the circuit of step down chopper and explain its operation 01 Hour
25
Draw the circuit of step up chopper and explain its operation
Ref:1
Draw the different chopper configurations- (A, B, C, D and E)
26 and explain them. 01 Hour
Ref:1

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 10


A C Converters
Define inverter
27 List and explain the 2 main types of inverters ( VSI and CSI) 01 Hour
List the differences between VSI and CSI. Ref:2, Ref 4
Draw the circuit diagram of half bride inverter and its operation
with wave forms 01 Hour
28
Draw the circuit diagram of full bride inverter and its operation
with wave forms. Ref:1
Draw the circuit diagram of three phase 180 0 mode voltage 01 Hour
29
source inverter and its operation with wave forms. Ref:1
Define cycloconverter.
30 Draw the circuit of mid- point step down cyclo converter and 01 Hour
explain its operation with waveforms. Ref 2
Draw the circuit of mid- point step up cyclo converter and
31 explain its operation with waveforms. Ref: 1 01 Hour
List the advantages and disadvantages of cyclo converters Ref 2

Unit V POWER SUPPLIES AND STABILIZERS 8Hours


Draw the Block diagram of SMPS and explain its operation
32 List the applications of SMPS 01 Hour
Ref: 2
Draw the circuit diagram of Buck and boost converter (regulator)
33 and explain its operation. 01 Hour
Ref: 2
Draw the circuit diagram of Buck-boost and fly back converter
34 (regulator) and explain its operation. 01 Hour
Ref: 2
Define the different types of power line disturbances
List the sources and effects of power line disturbances 01 Hour
35
Describe how power conditioners provide effective suppressing
of some or all of these electrical disturbances Ref:5
Describe the operation of relay type AC voltage stabilizer with
the help of diagram. 01 Hour
36
List the advantages and disadvantages of Relay type stabilizer
Ref: 7, Ref: 8
Draw the diagram of AC servo voltage stabilizer and explain its
01 Hour
37 operation
List the advantages and disadvantages . Ref: 2
Define UPS,
38 01 Hour
Determine Battery size and required voltage for UPS. Ref:6
Draw the block diagram of offline UPS and explain its operation
39 Draw the block diagram of online UPS and explain its operation 01 Hour
Ref: 2
Unit VI APPLICATIONS 13 Hours
Draw the circuit diagram of static AC circuit breaker and 01 Hour
40
explain its operation with waveforms Ref: 1

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 11


41 Explain the operation of Thyristor switched capacitors and 01 Hour
Thyristor switched inductors (Reactors) Ref: 5
42 Draw the circuit diagram and explain single phase high 01 Hour
frequency photo voltaic interface to grid Ref: 5
43 Draw and explain the circuit for interconnection of wind and 01Hour
hydro generator
44 Draw the block diagram of interconnecting energy storage 01Hour
systems for utility load levelling Ref: 5
45 Draw the block diagram & explain the operation of Switch mode 01 Hour
welder.
46 Draw the block diagram and explain the operation of Voltage 01 Hour
source series resonant inverters in induction heating Ref: 5
47 Explain speed control of shunt wound DC motor by armature 01 Hour
voltage control method. Ref: 2
48 Explain with circuit diagram soft starting of Induction motor
01 Hour
Ref: 5
Explain with circuit diagram static slip recovery Ref: 1
49 Explain speed control of Induction Motor by Variable voltage 01 Hour
frequency method. Ref 2
Draw the circuit diagram and explain the speed control of 3
50 phase slip ring induction motor by static variation of external 01 Hour
rotor resistance. Ref 1
51 Draw the circuit and explain the operation of DC Solid state
Relay using opto-coupler. 01 Hour
Draw the circuit and explain the operation of AC Solid state
Relay using opto-coupler. Ref 1
52 Draw the block diagram of High frequency lighting system and
explain its operation. 01 Hour
Draw the circuit & explain SCR charger circuit for 12 V battery.
Ref 5

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 12


Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages self HAND WRITTEN report):

1. Identify various power switching devices used commercially and study their
applications
2. Study various control circuits used in Practise in converters & inverters
3. Study various ratings of power semiconductor devices and select it for a particular
application
4. Visit nearby MUSS and collect details of power electronic applications
5. Study commercially available power supplies
6. Prepare a report on application of power electronic devices in industries
MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY ( Course Coordinator)

Dimen Scale Students score


sion (Group of five
students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary

1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 3

2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 2

3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 5

4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 4

Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate 14/4


rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks =3.5
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE students ≈4

Grand Average/Total

Example only: MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY-


Task given- Industrial visit and report writing
Dimensi Scale Students score
on (Five students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 345
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
1.Organi Has not Has Has Has Has 3
sation included included included included included all
relevant info few relev some relev many relev relevant
ant info ant info ant info info needed
2. Fulfill Does not Performs Performs Performs Performs 2
team’s perform any very little partial nearly all all duties of
roles & duties duties duties duties assigned
duties assigned team roles

3.Conclu Poor Less Partially Summarise Most 5


sion Effective effective s but not Effective
exact.
4.Conve Frequent More Some Occasional No Error 4
nsions Error Error Error Error
Total marks 14/4=3.5
≈4

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 13


FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and
Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Time

Ex: I test/6th weak of V/VI SEM


20
sem 10-11 Am Year:
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:__ CO’s:____

Questio
Question MARKS CL CO PO
n no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal Choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 14


MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


1st Test/ 6 th week, V SEM, E & E Engg Power Electronics
20
9 Feb 16, 10-11 AM Year: 2015-16 Course code: 15EE51T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :1 and 2
Course Outcomes : 1 and 2
Instruction :(1). Answer all questions
Question
Question CL CO PO
No.
1 List the types of power diode or Define GTO (2 Marks) R CO1 2
2 Explain the 4-Modes of turn on of TRIAC ( 4 marks)
Or
Explain the construction of UJT U CO1 2

3 Explain line commutation and forced commutation (5 marks)


Or
U CO2 4
Explain the methods of turn on of SCR

4 Draw R firing circuit and explain with wave forms (9 marks)


Or
Draw synchronized UJT pulse trigger circuit and explain with A CO2 4
waveforms

CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 15


Sl. Total Marks
Educational Component Weightage (%)
No. (Out of 20)
1 Remembering 10 2

2 Understanding 45 9

3 Application 45 9
20
Total 100

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 16


Model QUESTION Paper BANK:

Course Title: POWER ELECTRONICS Course Code: 15EE51T

CO1 - Understand the basics of power semiconductor devices


.Unit 1 -Introduction to power electronics

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER


1. Draw the layer structure of power diode
2. List types of power diode and their applications
3. List the types of Power transistors and their applications
4. Draw the transfer characteristic curve and list the applications of MOSFET
5. Draw the structure of IGBT and list the applications of IGBT
6. Draw the layer diagram of SCR
7. Enumerate Reverse blocking ,Forward blocking, forward conduction mode
8. Define GTO and list its applications
9. Draw the layer structure of TRIAC and list its applications
10. state the preferred modes of turn-on of TRIAC
11. Draw the V-I characteristic curve of DIAC and list its applications
12. Draw the layer diagram of UJT and list the applicationsof UJT

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


1. Describe the concept of power electronics.
2. Draw V –I characteristics of power diode and explain
3. Explain BJT switching characteristics
4. Explain with circuit diagram the operation of BJT as a switch
5. Explain the operation of N-channel enhancement MOSFET
6. Draw and Explain the structure of IGBT
7. Draw the layer diagram of SCR and explain the concept of two transistor analogy
8. Explain the static V-I characteristic curve of SCR
9. Explain the principle of operation GTO
10. Draw the layer structure of LASCR and explain its operation
11. Draw V-I characteristics & explain 4-Modes of turn on of TRIAC
12. Explain the operation of DIAC
13. Explain the construction of UJT
14. Draw & explain the V-I characteristics of UJT
15. List the differences between MOSFET, BJT and IGBT

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 17


CO2- Explain Thyristor control circuits
Unit 2 - SCR CONTROL CIRCUITS

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


1. Explain the methods of turn on of SCR
2. Draw and explain the general layout of firing circuit
3. Describe commutation
4. Identify the types of commutation
5. Explain line commutation and forced commutation
6. Explain Load commutation and complementary commutation

Cognitive Level: Analysis

1. Draw R firing circuit and explain with wave forms.


2. Draw R-C firing circuit and explain with wave forms
3. Draw synchronized UJT pulse trigger circuit and explain with waveforms
4. Draw the Digital firing scheme and explain with wave forms

CO3- Generalize the protection of Thyristors


Unit 3 -Ratings, Protection& mounting of thyristors

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER


1. Define reliability and MTBF
2. List the different types of mounting of SCR
Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
1. Explain voltage and current ratings of SCR
2. Explain reliability of SCR
3. Describe how SCR can be protected against overvoltage and overcurrent, di/dt& dv/dt
4. Explain the different types of mounting of SCR

CO4- Analyze the working of DC and AC Converters

Unit 4 -CONVERTERS

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


1. Explain the types of power electronic converters
2. Explain single quadrant semi converter, two quadrant full converter and dual converter.
3. Explain two quadrant full converter
4. Explain dual converter
5. Explain smart power modules
6. Draw the circuit diagram of single phase Dual converter and explain the principle of
operation.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 18


7. Explain the gating pulse requirement of 3 phase full converters
8. Draw the circuit of step down chopper and explain its operation
9. Draw the circuit of step up chopper and explain its operation
10. Draw the different chopper configurations- (A , B , C , D and E) and explain them
11. Explain VSI
12. Explain CSI
13. Explain cycloconverters

Cognitive Level: Analysis


1. List the advantages and disadvantages of power electronic converters
2. Explain principle of phase control with waveforms for resistive load
3. Explain single phase full converter RLE type with continuous load current
4. Draw the circuit diagram of three phase bride converter and explain 180 conduction mode
with wave forms
5. List the differences between VSI and CSI
6. Draw the circuit diagram of half bride inverter and its operation with wave forms
7. Draw the circuit diagram of full bride inverter and its operation with wave forms
8. Draw the circuit diagram of three phase 180 0 mode voltage source inverter and its
operation with wave forms
9. Draw the circuit of mid- point step down cycloconverter and explain its operation with
waveforms
10. Draw the circuit of mid- point step up cycloconverter and explain its operation with
waveforms.
11. List the advantages and disadvantages of cyclo converters

CO5- Describe the operation of power supplies.


Unit V -POWER SUPPLIES AND STABILIZERS

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


1. Draw the Block diagram of SMPS and explain its operation
2. Draw the circuit diagram of Buck -boost converter (regulator) and explain its operation.
3. Describe the different types of power line disturbances
4. Describe how power conditioners provide effective suppressing of some or all electrical
disturbances
5. Describe the operation of relay type AC voltage stabilizer with the help of diagram.
6. Draw the diagram of AC servo voltage stabilizer and explain its operation
7. Draw the block diagram of OFF line UPS and explain its operation
8. Draw the block diagram of ON line UPS and explain its operation

Cognitive Level: Analysis


1. List the applications of SMPS
2. List the sources and effects of power line disturbances
3. List the advantages and disadvantages of Relay type stabilizer
4. List the advantages and disadvantages of servo stabilizer
5. Determine Battery size and required voltage for UPS

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 19


CO6- Illustrate the applications of power Electronics
Unit VI–APPLICATIONS

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


1. Explain with block diagram static excitation system for alternators
2. Draw the schematic diagram of bi polar HVDC system and explain its operation
3. Draw the circuit diagram and explain single phase high frequency photo voltaic interfaceto
grid
4. Draw and explain the circuit for interconnection of wind and hydro generator
5. Draw the block diagram of interconnecting energy storage systems for utility load levelling
6. Draw the block diagram & explain the operation of Switch mode welder
7. Draw the block diagram and explain the operation of Voltage source series resonant
inverters in induction heating
8. Explain the operation of Thyristor switched capacitors and thyristor switched inductors
9. Draw the circuit and explain the operation of DC Solid state Relay using opto coupler
10. Draw the circuit and explain the operation of AC Solid state Relay using opto coupler
11. Draw the block diagram of High frequency lighting system and explain its operation.

Cognitive Level: Analysis


1. Draw the circuit diagram of static AC circuit breaker and explain its operation with
waveforms
2. Explain speed control of shunt wound DC motor by armature voltage control method.
3. Explain with circuit diagram soft starting of Induction motor
4. Explain with circuit diagram static slip recovery
5. Explain speed control of Induction Motor by Variable voltage frequency method.
6. Draw the circuit diagram and explain the speed control of 3 phase slip ring induction
motor by static variation of external rotor resistance
7. Draw the circuit & explain SCR charger circuit for 12 V battery

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 20


Model Question Paper:
Code:15EE51T
Power Electronics
V Semester Examination
Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.
Time: 3 Hours
Max Marks: 100

Note: i) Answer any SIX questions from PART - A. Each question caries 5 marks.
ii) Answer any SEVEN Questions from PART - B. Each question caries 10 marks.

PART – A

1. Draw the transfer characteristic curve and list the applications of MOSFET
2. Explain the principle of operation GTO
3. Explain the methods of turn on of SCR
4. Define reliability and MTBF
5. Explain Voltage source inverter
6. Draw the circuit diagram of half bride inverter and its operation
7. List the advantages and disadvantages of servo stabilizer
8. Explain the operation of Thyristor switched capacitors
9. Explain with circuit diagram soft starting of Induction motor

PART – B

10 (a)Draw &explain the V-I characteristics of UJT 5


(b) Explain with circuit diagram the operation of BJT as a switch 5

11 (a) Draw the V-I characteristic curve of DIAC and list its applications (5)
(b) Describe how SCR can be protected against overvoltage (5)
12 Draw the Digital firing scheme and explain with wave forms (10)
13 (a) List the sources and effects of power line disturbances (5)
(b) List the advantages and disadvantages of power electronic converters (5)
14 Draw the circuit diagram of single phase Dual converter and explain the principle of
operation.(10)
15 Draw the circuit diagram of three phase bride converter and explain 180 conduction
mode with wave forms (10)
16 Draw the Block diagram of SMPS and explain its operation
17 Explain Switched mode welder with diagram (10)
18 Explain speed control of Induction Motor by Variable voltage frequency method (10)
19 Draw the circuit diagram of static AC circuit breaker and explain its operation with
waveforms
XXXXXX

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE51T Page 21


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title: TRANSMISION DISTRIBUTION


Course Code : 15EE52T
AND UTILISATION
Semester :V Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) :4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course :Lecture +Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks
Programme: Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.

Pre-requisites: Knowledge about Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering ,


Electrical circuits, and Electrical power generation.
.
Course Objectives :
Explain transmission and distribution systems, analyse the performance of short transmission
lines, Understand the need for distribution automation and benefits, study the components and
functions of SCADA system, Understand different electric heating and electric welding
methods, types of air conditioning systems. Analyse the electric circuits of refrigeration and air
conditioner. Design illumination for class rooms, workshops and factories.

COURSE TOPICS:

Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS 10

2 HVDC, FACTS AND SUB-STATIONS 08

3 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 07

4 ELECTRIC HEATING AND WELDING 12

ELECTRO-CHEMICAL PROCESS,
5 08
REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

6 ILLUMINATION 07

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1


Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Explain the basic elements of transmission system, types of transmission system,


identify line constants and interpret the performance of short lines.
2. Explain basic elements of distribution system, types distribution lines, calculate
voltage drop in feeders and explain the functions of load dispatch station.
3. Explain HVDC transmission system and its components, understand the objectives of
FACTS and distribution automation.
4. Explain different types of heating and welding process.
5. Explain electro-plating application of electrical energy, different types of air
conditioning system and it components.
6. Design illumination scheme for class rooms, workshops and factories

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Total Marks


Educational Component Weightage (%)
No. (Out of 145)
1 Remembering 10 15

2 Understanding 50 70

3 Application/ Analysis 40 60

Total 100 145

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level
Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

CL Linked Teaching Hrs


Course Outcome
PO
Explain the basic elements of
transmission system, types of
CO1 transmission system , identify line R/U/A 2, 10 10
constants and interpret the
performance of short lines.
Explain basic elements of distribution
system , types distribution lines,
CO2 calculate voltage drop in feeders and R/U/A 2, 5,10 08
explain the functions of load dispatch
station.
Explain HVDC transmission system
and its components, understand the
CO3 R/U 2, 5, 10 07
objectives of FACTS and distribution
automation.
Explain different types of heating and
CO4 welding process. U/A 2,10 12

Explain electro-plating application of


electrical energy, identify different
types of air conditioning system and 2, 10 08
C05 R/U/A
it components.

Design illumination scheme for class


rooms, workshops and factories
C06 R/U/A 2, 5, 6, 10 07

Total sessions 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Questions to Questions to
be set for be set for
Max.
(5marks ) (10marks) Marks
Unit Marks
Unit Name Hour PART - A PART - B weightage
No per
(%)
Unit
R U A R U A

TRANSMISSION
1 10 30 1 1 - 0.5 1 0.5 19 %
SYSTEMS

HVDC, FACTS AND


2 08 20 1 1 - 0.5 0.5 - 15 %
SUB-STATIONS

DISTRIBUTION
3 07 20 1 - 0.5 0.5 0.5 14 %
SYSTEMS
ELECTRIC
4 HEATING AND 12 35 1 1 - 0.5 1.5 1 23 %
WELDING
ELECTRO-
CHEMICAL
PROCESS,
5 08 20 0.5 0.5 - 0.5 0.5 - 15 %
REFRIGERATION
ANDAIR
CONDITIONING
6 ILLUMINATION 07 20 1 - 0.5 0.5 0.5 14 %

9 10 100
Total 52 145
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Transmission
Distribution
and
- 3 - - 2 1 - - - 3
Utilization
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5


Course Content:
UNIT –I
TRANSMSSION SYSTEMS (10 Hrs)

AC transmission and distribution system – Schematic layout diagram, standard transmission


and distribution voltages, Advantages and limitations of High voltage transmission, various
systems for power transmission and distribution- 2 wire DC, 2 wire AC, 3 wire AC and 3
phase 4 wire AC systems ,Transmission through overhead and UG system, compare overhead
and UG system. Compare HVDC and HVAC system.
OVERHEAD TRANSMISSION LINES: Main components of overhead transmission lines,
Classification of transmission lines based on distance, Line constants -resistance, inductance
and capacitance. Short transmission line- equivalent circuit, vector diagram, equations for
receiving end voltage, efficiency, voltage regulation and power factor - simple problems.
Corona- definition, formation, factors affecting corona, advantages and disadvantages,
methods to reduce corona. Meaning of skin effect and Ferranti effect. Transposition of
conductors.
UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION LINES: Classification of UG cables, types of cables,
general construction of a single core UG cable, construction of 3 core XLPE cables. Essential
properties required for insulating material of UG cables. Methods of laying UG cables. Faults
in UG cable.

UNIT –II
HVDC, FACTS and SUBSTATIONS (08 Hrs)

HVDC transmission: Block diagram, main components, advantages of HVDC transmission,


Limitations of HVDC transmission, Types of HVDC links.
FACTS Controllers- Definition, Objectives, Basic types of FACTS controllers and their
functions.
SUBSTATIONS:-Meaning of substation, classification, comparison between outdoor and
indoor substation, single line diagram of 220KV/66 KV MUSS, components of substation,
Bus bar arrangement- list the types- single bus with and without sectionalisation, double bus
bar and ring main system. Importance of interconnecting in large power systems. Function of
Load Dispatch Stations.

UNIT –III
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS (07 Hrs)

Single line diagram of AC distribution system, Classification of AC distribution system,


connection schemes of distribution system- radial, ring main and interconnected systems.
Meaning of Feeder, distributor and service main, characteristics of Feeder, distributor and
service main. Concept of voltage drop in feeders/distributors - simple problem on DC
distributor fed at one end.
Distribution Automation- Objectives/Need, functions and benefits.
SCADA- Block diagram, components of SCADA and their functions and advantages of
SCADA.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6


UNIT –IV

ELECTRICAL HEATING AND WELDING (12 Hrs)

ELECTRICAL HEATING: Different types of domestic heating appliances, Advantages of


electric heating , methods of electrical heating, resistance heating-direct and indirect method,
requirement of good heating element, temperature control methods of resistance heating. Arc
heating- types- direct and indirect method, Induction heating-types- power frequency, high
frequency, high frequency eddy current. Applications of eddy current heating. Di-electric
heating- principle and applications. Microwave heating-principle only.

ELECTRIC WELDING: Definition , types- resistance and arc welding , resistance welding
list the types-spot welding and seam welding ,Arc welding- list the types, AC arc welding
machine, Mention the special type of welding-laser welding.

UNIT –V

ELECTRO CHEMICAL PROCESS, REFRIGERATION AND


AIR CONDITIONING (08 Hrs)

ELECTRO CHEMICAL PROCESS- Principles of electro deposition, laws of electrolysis,


Electro plating, Factors affecting Electro plating, Factors governing Electro better electro
deposition.

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING-


Meaning of refrigeration, types of refrigerants, State properties of refrigerants, vapour
compression refrigerator, electric circuit of domestic refrigerator. Necessity of thermostat,
defrosting-types of defrosting, need for air conditioning, principle of air conditioning,
electrical circuit for air conditioning unit, types of air conditioning system.

UNIT –VI

ILLUMINATION (07 Hrs)

Laws of Illumination, define – solid angle, luminous flux and luminous intensity and
illumination,, source of light- types of lamps-florescent lamp, mercury vapour lamp and
sodium vapour lamp, lighting schemes- street lighting , flood lighting, direct, indirect ,semi-
direct lighting and semi –indirect system . Design of lighting scheme-utilization factor,
depreciation factor, space to height ratio- simple problems on design of lighting for class
room and auditorium, requirements of good illumination- list the factors.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7


Reference Books:
1. Transmission, distribution and utilization – vol 3 B.L Thereja and A.K.Theraja.
2. Principles of Power System” by V. K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta S. Chand Publishers, 4th
Revised edition 2008
3. Electrical Power Generation Transmission and Distribution by S.N.Singh, PHI
Publication
4. Transmission and Distribution of Electric Power by J.B Gupta Katsons Publications.
5. Electric Power Distribution Automation by M.K Khedkar, University Science Press
(Laxmi Publications)
6. Power System Operation and Control by Dr.B.R Gupta, S.Chand Publishers.
7. Utilisation of Electric power and electric traction by G. C. Garg, Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi.
8. Utilisation of Electrical Power by R K Rajput, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi.

e-Resources:
1. Magazines-ABB Review-u Pictures of the Future by Siemens
2. www.abb.com/review,www.siemens.com/pof
3. www.newnespress.com

4. www.youtube.com/
5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
6. www.schenieder.com

Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group
discussion, exercises and student activities, assignments.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8


Course Assessment and Evaluation:

Course
To Max Evidence
What Frequency Outcom
Whom Marks Collected
es
Three IA tests
for Theory:
(Continuous Internal

(Average Blue
I A Tests 20 1 to 6
marks of Three Books
Evaluation)

Tests to be

Students
computed).
CIE
Direct Assessment

Student Report of
05 1 to 6
Student Activity 2 pages
Activity
TOTAL 25
(Semester End
Examination)

Answer
Students

End Of the
SEE

End Exam 100 Scripts at 1 to 6


Course
BTE

Student Feedback on Middle Of


Assessment

Feed Back Forms 1 to 6


course The Course
Students
Indirect

End Of The
End Of Course Survey Questionnaires 1 to 6
Course

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination


Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks evaluated through appropriate rubrics.
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions & Assessment
Methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 9


Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:

Lesson No./
Contents Duration
Session No.
TRANSMISSION SYSTEM 10Hrs
Unit I

Explain AC transmission and distribution system with typical


single line diagram, mention standard transmission and
1. 01 Hour
distribution voltages. List the advantages and limitations of
transmission at high voltage.

Various systems for power transmission and distribution- 2


2. wire DC, Single phase 2 wire AC, 3 wire AC and 3 phase 4 01 Hour
wire AC systems and their applications.

Explain transmission through overhead transmission


3. lines.Main components of overhead transmission lines.Explain 01 Hour
the steps involved in erection of transmission tower.

Explain transmission through UG transmission system,


4. compare overhead and UG system. Compare HVDC and 01 Hour
HVAC system
Classification of UG cables, Essential properties of insulating
material used in for UG cables, list the types UG cables based
5. on construction. Explain with diagram the general construction 01 Hour
of a single core UG cable.

Explain with diagram the construction of 3 core XLPE cable.


6. List and explain the methods of laying UG cable, mention 01 Hour
their merits and de-merits. List the faults in UG cables.
Classification of transmission lines based on distance, explain
line constants - resistance, inductance and capacitance. Short
transmission line- equivalent circuit, vector diagram, write the
7. 01 Hour
equations for receiving end voltage, efficiency, voltage
regulation and power factor.

8. Simple problems on performance of short transmission lines. 01 Hour

Explain Corona, formation of corona, factors affecting corona,


9. 01 Hour
advantages and disadvantages, methods to reduce corona.

Meaning of skin effect and Ferranti effect.


10. Explain transposition of conductors with diagram 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 10


Unit II HVDC, FACTS and SUBSTATIONS 08 Hrs

HVDC transmission lines-block diagram, list and explain the 01 Hour


11.
functions of main components of HVDC transmission system.

Types of HVDC links –monopolar, bipolar and Homo-polar


12. DC link. Advantages of HVDC transmission, Limitations of 01 Hour
HVDC transmission.

FACTS Controllers- Definition, Objectives, Basic types of 01 Hour


13.
FACTS controllers and their functions.

Meaning of substation and receiving station and their 01 Hour


14. functions, Classification of substations, Comparison between
outdoor and indoor substation.

Draw single line diagram of 220KV/66 KV MUSS.


15. List the main components of substation and mention their 01 Hour
functions.

Bus bar arrangement- list the types- explain with diagram 01 Hour
16.
single bus arrangement with and without sectionalisation,

Explain with diagram double bus double breaker and ring 01 Hour
17.
main bus bar arrangements.

Explain the importance of interconnecting substations in large 01 Hour


18.
power systems. Functions of Load Dispatch Stations.

Unit III DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 07Hrs


Classification of distribution system.
19. Explain with diagram AC distribution system. 01 Hour

List and explain the connection schemes of distribution 01 Hour


20.
system- radial, ring main and interconnected systems.

Distinguish between Feeder, distributor and service main.


21. List the characteristics of Feeder, distributor and service main. 01 Hour

22. Concept of voltage drop in feeders/distributors 01 Hour

Solve simple problems on DC distributor fed at one end.


23. 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 11


Distribution Automation– List the objectives/Need , functions
24. and benefits. 01 Hour

SCADA- Block diagram, components of SCADA and their


25. functions .Advantages and dis-advantages of SCADA. 01 Hour

12
Unit IV ELECTRIC HEATING AND WELDING
Hrs

List the domestic and industrial applications of electric heating


and the advantages of electric heating. Differentiate the
26. methods of heat transfer- conduction, convection and 01 Hour
radiation.

Classification of electrical heating.


Explain with diagram direct and indirect methods of resistance
27. 01 Hour
heating. Mention their applications.

Requirement of good heating element. List and explain


28. temperature control methods of resistance furnace with 01 Hour
diagrams.
Explain with diagram direct and indirect arc furnace.
29. Mention their application. Ref:1 , page no. 1843. Fig. 47.11 01 Hour

Induction heating-types- explain with diagram core type


induction furnace. List the advantages and disadvantages.
30. 01 Hour
Mention the applications.Ref:1 page no. 1846

Explain with diagram coreless type induction furnace. List the


advantages and disadvantages. Mention the applications.
31. 01 Hour
Ref:1 page no. 1849

Explain with diagram high frequency eddy current heating.


32. List the advantages and applications of eddy current heating. 01 Hour

Di-electric heating- Explain the principle, list the advantages.


33. Mention the applications of dielectric heating. 01 Hour

34. Explain the principle (only) of microwave heating. 01 Hour

Define welding. List the types of electric welding.


Resistance welding- types- explain with diagram spot welding
35. 01 Hour
and seam welding. Mention their applications.

Explain with diagram AC arc welding machine (welding


36. 01 Hour
transformer). Mention the advantages and dis-advantages.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 12


Ref :1 page no. 1871, fig. 48.14

Special type of welding – Explain laser welding with diagram.


37. Mention the applications. List the advantages of laser welding. 01 Hour

ELECTRO-CHEMICAL PROCESS, REFRIGERATION


Unit V AND AIR CONDITIONING 08 Hrs

Meaning of electro plating, Explain principle of electro


38. 01 Hour
deposition, State faradays laws of electrolysis.

List and explain the factors affecting the amount of electro


deposition. List and explain the factors governing better
39. 01 Hour
electro deposition. Mention the applications of electroplating.

Define refrigeration. List the types of refrigerants.


40. State properties of refrigerants. 01 Hour

Explain with diagram the working of vapour compression


41. refrigerator. 01 Hour

Explain the electric circuit of domestic refrigerator.


Explain the necessity of thermostat. Explain the working of
42. 01 Hour
thermostat.

Define defrosting. List and explain the types of defrosting.


43. 01 Hour
Explain- air conditioning, need for air conditioning and
principle of air conditioning. Explain with neat sketch window
44. 01 Hour
type of air conditioning system

Explain with neat sketch split type of air conditioning system.


45. 01 Hour
Explain with neat sketch centralized air conditioning system.

Unit VI ILLUMINATION 07 Hrs

Define – plane angle, solid angle, luminous flux and luminous


intensity, illumination, reflection factor and lamp efficiency.
46. 01 Hour
Explain utilization factor (co-efficient of utilization), space to
height ratio and depreciation factor.
State and explain the Laws of Illumination- Inverse square law
and cosine law.
47. List the requirements/ factors affecting of good lighting. 01 Hour
List the source of light and types of lamps.

Explain the construction and working of High pressure


48. 01 Hour
mercury vapour lamp.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 13


Explain the construction and working of High pressure sodium
49. 01 hour
vapour lamp.
Explain the lighting schemes-direct, indirect, semi-direct
50. 01 Hour
lighting, semi –indirect system and flood lighting.

51. Design illumination for a class room. Ref:1 page no.1922 01 Hour

52. Design illumination for a workshop. Ref:1 page no.1921 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 14


Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages self HAND WRITTEN report):

1. Visit nearby transmission system ,identify the different parts and submit a report.
2. Prepare a report on new technologies used in OH lines and UG cables.
3. Prepare a report on latest trends in power transmission.
4. Prepare a report on VSC-HVDC power transmission.
5. Prepare a report on SCADA vs Distribution automation.
6. Prepare a report on Smart Grid distribution system.
7. Prepare a report on latest trends in electrical heating.
8. Prepare a report on latest trends in Welding technology.
9. Prepare a report on latest trends in Refrigeration and Air conditioning.
10. Prepare a report on latest trends in Electro plating.
11. Prepare a report on latest trends in Illumination technologies.
12. Visit nearby substation and submit a report.

MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY ( Course Coordinator)

Dimen Scale Students score


sion (Group of five
students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary

1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 3

2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 2

3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 5

4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 4

Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate 14/4


rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks =3.5
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE students ≈4

Grand Average/Total

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 15


Example only: MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY-
Task given- Industrial visit and report writing
Dimensi Scale Students score
on (Five students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 345
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
1.Organi Has not Has Has Has Has 3
sation included included included included included all
relevant info few relev some relev many relev relevant
ant info ant info ant info info needed
2. Fulfill Does not Performs Performs Performs Performs 2
team’s perform any very little partial nearly all all duties of
roles & duties duties duties duties assigned
duties assigned team roles

3.Conclu Poor Less Partially Summarise Most 5


sion Effective effective s but not Effective
exact.
4.Conve Frequent More Some Occasional No Error 4
nsions Error Error Error Error
Total marks 14/4=3.5
≈4

FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)


Test/Date and
Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Time

Ex: I test/6 th week


20
of sem 10-11 Am Year:
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:__ CO’s:____

Questio
Question MARKS CL CO PO
n no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal Choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 16


MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


st th
1 Test/ 6 week, Transmission Distribution and
V SEM, E & E Engg
DD/MM/YY Utilisation 20
10-11 AM Year: 2015-16 Course code: 15EE52T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :1 and 2
Course Outcomes : 1 and 2
Instruction :(1). Answer all questions (2). Each question carries five marks
Question
Question CL CO PO
No.
1 Explain AC transmission and distribution system with a single line
diagram. R 1 2, 10

2 Explain voltage regulation and transmission line efficiency.


U 1 2, 10
3 Distinguish between Feeder, distributor and service main. U
2 2, 10

4 Explain voltage drop in feeders. A 2 2, 10


CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 17


Model QUESTION Paper BANK:

Course Title: TRANSMISION DISTRIBUTION AND


UTILISATION Course Code: 15EE52T

Unit 1 –TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER, UNDERSTAND

1) Explain the typical ac power supply scheme (single line diagram of typical ac
power supply scheme)
2) Compare DC and AC power transmission.
3) List the advantages and limitations of High transmission voltage.
4) Classify the various types of for power transmission system.
5) Explain briefly the different elements of transmission line.
6) Explain voltage regulationand efficiency.
7) List the standard voltages used for Transmission systems.
8) Explain briefly the main components of overhead lines.
9) Explain briefly desirable properties of Insulators.
10) Define Corona and its formation.
11) List the factors affecting corona.
12) List the advantages and disadvantages of Corona.
13) List the methods to reduce corona.
14) Explain briefly Constants of a transmission line.
15) Explain voltage regulation and transmission efficiency
16) Explain Short transmission lines with vector diagram.
17) Explain Skin effect and Ferranti effects.
18) Classify the UG cables based on construction.
19) Explain requirements of insulating materials used in UG cables.
20) Explain construction of a 3 core UG cable.
21) Classify the UG cables based on voltage.
22) Explain with diagram the construction of XLPE cable.
23) List the types of cable faults

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 18


Unit 2 –HVDC, FACTS AND SUBSTATIONS

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND, APPLICATION

24) Briefly explain the principle of HVDC system operation with sketch.
25) List the advantages and limitations of HVDC transmission.
26) Compare HVAC and HVDC transmission.
27) Briefly explain types of DC links with diagrams.
28) Explain Monopolar DC link with diagram.
29) Explain Bipolar DC link with diagram.
30) Explain Homopolar DC link with diagram.
31) Briefly explain Flexible AC Transmission systems (FACTS).
32) State objectives of FACTS.
33) Name the different types of FACTS controllers with functions.
34) Explain the functions of Substation.
35) Classify the substations.
36) Compare outdoor and indoor substations.

Unit 3–DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND, APPLICATION

37) Explain the single line diagram of low tension distribution system.
38) Explain the different classes of distribution systems.
39) Explain with sketch the AC Primary distribution system.
40) Draw the AC Secondary distribution system.
41) Explain the AC Secondary distribution system.
42) Explain the different forms of DC distribution system.
43) Explain the 2 wire dc system.
44) Explain the 3 wire dc system.
45) Compare overhead versus underground system.
46) Explain briefly the different connection schemes of distribution system.
47) Explain with sketch Radial distribution system.
48) Explain with sketch Ring main distribution system.
49) Explain with sketch Interconnected distribution system.
50) Explain briefly the requirements of a distribution system.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 19


51) Explain the design considerations in distribution system.
52) State the need for Distribution automation.
53) List the characteristics of Distribution automation.
54) List the functions of Distribution automation.
55) List the benefits of Distribution automation.
56) Explain the block diagram of SCADA.
57) List the advantages of SCADA.
58) List the functions of SCADA.

Unit 4 - ELECTRICAL HEATING AND WELDING

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND, APPLICATION

59) List the domestic and industrial applications of electric heating.


60) Explain the modes of heat transfer in brief.
61) Classify different methods of Electric heating
62) Explain with sketch Direct resistance heating
63) Explain with sketch Indirect resistance heating
64) List the materials used for heating element
65) Explain the material requirements for making heating elements.
66) Explain the causes for failure of heating elements
67) Explain the different methods of temperature control with diagrams.
68) List the types of arc furnaces.
69) Explain with sketch Direct Arc furnace.
70) Explain with sketch indirect Arc furnace
71) List the types of induction furnaces
72) Explain induction heating.
73) Explain core less induction furnaces.
74) Explain core type induction furnaces.
75) List the applications induction furnaces
76) Explain microwave heating.
77) List the advantages of microwave heating.
78) List the application of microwave heating

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 20


Unit 5 -ELECTRO CHEMICAL PROCESS REFRIGERATION AND AIR
CONDITIONING.

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER, UNDERSTAND, APPLICATION

79) Explain refrigeration.


80) List the types of refrigerants.
81) State properties of refrigerants
82) Describe the working system of vapour compression refrigerator
83) Explain the electric circuit of domestic refrigerator.
84) Explain the necessity of thermostat.
85) Explain the working of thermostat.
86) Explain defrosting.
87) List the types of defrosting.
88) Explain different types of defrosting.
89) Explain the need of air conditioning.
90) Explain the principle of air conditioning
91) Draw the associated electrical circuit for air conditioning unit and explain its
working
92) Explain with neat sketch window type of air conditioning system
93) Explain with neat sketch split AC system
94) Explain with neat sketch centralized AC system
95) Explain the term welding.
96) Mention the different types of welding
97) Explain the different methods of electric resistance welding and list their
applications.
98) Explain the principle of electric ARC welding
99) Explain welding transformer with reactance coil.
100) List the types of electric arc welding.
101) Explain the meaning of electro plating
102) Mention the necessity of electro plating
103) Explain principle of electro deposition.
104) Mention the applications of electroplating and explain in brief.
105) State faradays laws of electrolysis.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 21


106) Explain the following factors affecting the amount of electro deposition a)
Time b) Efficiency c) Current d) Strength of solution
107) Explain the following factors governing better of electro deposition
a) Electrolytic concentration b) Temperature c)) Strength of solution d) Addition
of agents e) Nature of electrolyte f) nature of the metal upon which deposition
is to be made g) throwing power.
108) Define a) Flux b) Solid angle c) Luminous intensity d) illumination e)
Depreciation factor f) Reflection factor g) Coefficient of utilization h) space
height ratio.

Unit VI- ILLUMINATION


Cognitive Level: REMEMBER, UNDERSTAND, APPLICATION
109) Define a) Flux b) Solid angle c) Luminous intensity d) illumination e)
Depreciation factor f) Reflection factor g) Coefficient of utilization h) space
height ratio
110) State and explain the laws of illumination a) Inverse square law b) cosine law
111) Design lighting scheme for workshop- problem.
112) Design lighting scheme for class room- problem.
113) Design lighting scheme for factory- problem.
114) Explain the construction and working of Sodium Vapour Lamp
115) Explain the construction and working of Mercury vapour lamp
116) Explain the requirements of good lighting.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 22


Model Question Paper: Code: 15EE52T

TRANSMISION DISTRIBUTION AND UTILISATION


V Semester Examination
Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.
Time: 3 Hours
Max Marks: 100

Note: i) Answer any SIX questions from PART - A. Each question caries 5 marks.
ii) Answer any SEVEN Questions from PART - B. Each question caries 10 marks.

PART – A

1) Classify the various systems for power transmission.


2) State the standard voltages used for transmission and distribution.
3) Classify the UG cables based on voltage.
4) List the components of HVDC transmission system.
5) Explain the different types of AC distribution system.
6) List the functions of Distribution automation.
7) List the advantages of Direct Arc furnace.
8) List the advantages of high frequency core less induction furnaces
9) Explain welding transformer with reactance coil.

PART – B

10) (a) Explain long transmission line with simple diagram (6 M)


(b) Briefly explain line constants. (4 M)

11) (a) Explain with diagram the construction of 3 corer UG cable. (6 M)


(b) List the types of cable faults (4 M)

12) (a) Briefly explain the operation of HVDC with a block diagram (6 M)
(b) List the objectives of FACTS. (4 M)

13) (a) Explain the AC Secondary distribution system. (6 M)


(b) State the need for Distribution automation. (4 M)

14) (a) Explain SCADA with block diagram. (6 M)


(b) Classify different methods of Electric heating (4 M)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 23


15) (a) List the types of induction furnaces (4 M)
(b) Explain microwave heating. (6 M)

16) (a) List the properties of refrigerants. (4 M)


(b) (6 M)
Explain diagram with electrical circuit of air conditioning unit..

17) (a) Explain with diagram the working of vapour compression refrigerator. (6 M)
(b) Mention the necessity of electro plating (4 M)

18) (a) State and explain the laws of illumination (6 M)


List the types of electric arc welding. (4 M)
(b)

19) (a) Explain indirect lighting scheme with a neat sketch. (4M)
(b) Design the lighting scheme for a class room ( problem to be given) (6 M)

*****************

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 24


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title: SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION Course Code : 15EE53T


Semester :V Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course : Lecture + Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks

Pre-requisites :Electrical Machines, Transmission and Distribution, Fundamentals on Analog


electronics and Digital electronics
Course Objectives : To study the principles, concepts of switchgear & protection. To emphasize
on various type of relays and circuit breakers

Course Topics:

Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 Fundamentals of Protection 07

2 Fuse and Circuit Breakers 14

3 Protective Relays 12

4 Protection of Generators and Transformers 08

5 Protection of Feeders and Bus-Bars 05

6 Substation and Maintenance 06

Total 52

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1


Course Outcomes

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to,

1. Acquire knowledge in the field of sources and effect of short circuit current and
calculations
2. Understand the construction and working of Fuse and circuit breakers
3. Understand protective relays
4. Analyze the faults and protection for the Alternators and Transformers
5. Analyze the faults and protection for the Feeders and Bus-Bars
6. Understand layout of Substations, neutral earthing, testing of CB, CT and PT.

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Weightage (%) Total Marks


Educational Component
No. (Out of 145)
1 Remembering 15 30
2 Understanding 60 60
3 Application/ Analysis 25 55
Total 100 145

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level

Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

Teaching
Course Outcome CL Linked PO
Hrs
Acquire knowledge in the field of sources
CO1 and effect of short circuit current and R/U/A 2, 5, 10 7
calculations
Understand the construction and working
CO2 R/U/A 2, 10 14
of Fuse and circuit breakers

CO3 Understand protective relays R/U 2, 5, 10 12

Analyze the faults and protection for the


CO4 U/A 2, 5, 10 8
Alternators and Transformers
Analyze the faults and protection for the
C05 U/A 2, 5, 10 5
Feeders and Bus-Bars
Understand layout of Substations and
neutral earthing and testing of CB, CT and
C06 R/U 2, 5, 10 6
PT.

Total 52

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Questions Questions to
Max. 5 10 to be set be set for Marks
Un R/U/ Marks Marks Marks for Weigh
Unit Name Hour
it A per Qns. Qns. (5marks ) (10marks) tage
Unit PART - A PART - B (%)
Part A Part B R U A R U A
Fundamental
1 s of R/U/A 7 20 2 1 1 1 0 0 1 14
Protection
Fuse and
Circuit
2 R/U/A 14 40 2 3 1 1 1 2 0 28
Breakers

Protective
3 R/U 12 35 2 2.5 1 1 0.5 2 0 24
Relays
Protection of
Generators
4 U/A 8 20 1 1.5 1 0.5 1 0 14
and
Transformers
Protection of
5 Feeders and U/A 5 15 1 1 1 0 1 0 10
Bus-Bars
Substation
and
6 R/U 6 15 1 1 1 0 1 0 10
Maintenance

9 10
TOTAL 52 145 9 10
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Switchgear
and 0 3 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 3
Protection

LEVEL 3- HIGHLY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 2-MODERATELY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 1-LOW ADDRESSED.


METHOD IS TO RELATE THE LEVEL OF PO WITH THE NUMBER OF HOURS DEVOTED TO THE COS WHICH ADDRESS THE GIVEN PO.
IF >40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 3
IF 25 TO 40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 2
IF 5 TO 25% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4


Course Contents:

Unit I

Fundamentals of Protection 07hrs


Sources of Fault Power, Illustrate the Phenomena of Short Circuit with the help of a general
circuit diagram, Types of faults &Harmful Effects of short circuit current, Symmetrical Faults
on Three Phase Systems, Importance of calculation of Short Circuit Current, Define
Percentage reactance and Base KVA, Meaning of Reactor, Use of current limiting reactors &
their arrangements, List the steps for Symmetrical Fault Calculations, Simple Problems on
Symmetrical Fault Calculations.
Causes of over voltages, Lighting phenomena &over voltage due to lightning
Types of lightning arresters and surge absorbers- their Construction and principle of
operation.

(Reference Book: Principles of Power System” by V. K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta S. Chand, 4th
revised edition 2008)

Unit II

Fuse and Circuit Breakers 14hrs


Meaning of Switchgear, Essential features of Switchgear, List different Switchgear
equipment used for switching and interruption of current. Differences between Indoor and
Outdoor type Switchgear.
Desirable Characteristics of Fuse elements, Types of Fuses, Fuse Element Materials
Important Terms: Current Rating of Fuse element, Fusing current, Fusing factor, Prospective
current, cut off current , Pre Arcing Time, Arcing Time, Breaking Capacity, Total Operating
Time.
HRC fuses –construction, types, working, Merits, Demerits and applications
Arc formation process, methods of arc extinction, working of Circuit Breaker by Trip Circuit
Mechanism, Circuit Breaker rating.
Explain the terminologies – Arc-Voltage, arching Time, Pre –Arching Time, Prospective
Current, TRV, Recovery Voltage, RRRV, Total Break Time
Circuit breakers-Concept, Classification, Working principle, Construction, Merits, Demerits
& Applications of OCB (Plain oil), ACB(Axial blast, cross blast),SF6 (Sulphur Hexa-
fluoride) CB, Non Puffer Type, Vacuum CB.
Maintenance Schedule of OCB, ACB, SF6 and VCB Circuit Breakers

(Reference Book: Principles of Power System” by V. K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta S. Chand, 4th
reveised edition 2008)

Unit III

Protective Relays 12hrs


Relay definition, required qualities of Protective Relaying, Necessity for Protection, Primary
and Back up protection, Classification of protective Relaying, Important Terms: Pickup
current, current setting, PSM, TSM, Time -PSM Curve
Construction and working of Induction type Non-directional over current relay
Introduction of Static relay, merits and Limitations, Static Type Over Current Relay,
Comparison of Static Relays with Electro-Magnetic Relays

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5


Block diagram and working of Microprocessor based Over Current Relay
Differential relay- Principle of operation, Current differential and Voltage balanced
Differential relay
Distance relays: Definite distance and Time-distance Impedance Relay
Introduction to Numerical relays, Block diagram, working, Advantages of Numerical relays
and different types
List different Testing Methods for Relays

(Reference Book: Madhava Rao T.S., 'Power System Protection - Static Relays', McGraw
Hill, New Delhi,2nd Edition, 21st reprinted, 2008.
Power System Protection And Switchgear by Buvanesh A Oza, Nirmalkumar C Nair ,Rases P
Mehta and Vijay H Makwana, McGraw HILL Education(India Pvt. Ltd) Newdelhi)

Unit IV

Protection of Alternators and Transformers 08hrs


Protection of Alternators- Abnormalities & Faults
Differential protection, Balanced Earth Fault Protection, Stator Inter Turn Protection
Protection of Transformers- Abnormalities & Faults
Protective Systems for Transformers, Buchholz Relay, Earth Fault or Leakage Protection,
Combined Leakage and Overload Protection, Circulating Current Scheme for Transformers
Protection

(Reference Book: Principles of Power System” by V. K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta S. Chand, 4th
revised edition 2008)

Unit V

Protection of Feeders and Bus-Bars 05hrs


Feeder Protection- Abnormalities & Faults, Time Graded Over Current Protection,
Differential Pilot – Wire Protection, Basic principle of Distance Protection
Bus – Bar Protection- Abnormalities & Faults, Differential Protection of Bus –Bars.

(Reference Book: Principles of Power System” by V. K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta S. Chand, 4th
revised edition 2008)

Unit VI

Substation and Maintenance 06hrs


Explain the indoor and outdoor type substation, Identify the various units of substation,
Testing methods of Circuit Breakers, Testing methods of CT’s & PT’s, Maintenance
Schedule of Relays, Neutral Earthing - Introduction, Types & its importance. Substation
Earthing, Principle and applications of Peterson coil.

(Reference Book: Testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance of electrical


equipment by Sunil S Rao, Khanna Publications
Power System Protection and Switchgear by Buvanesh A Oza, Nirmalkumar C Nair, Rases P
Mehta and Vijay H Makwana, McGraw Hill Education (India Pvt. Ltd) New Delhi)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6


Reference Books:

1) Principles of Power System” by V. K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta S. Chand, 4th reveised


edition 2008
2) Power System Protection And Switchgear by Buvanesh A Oza, Nirmalkumar C Nair
,Rases P Mehta and Vijay H Makwana, McGraw HILL Education(India Pvt. Ltd)
Newdelhi
3) J.B.Gupta “Switchgear & Protection”, (edition), Katson Publisher,2008
4) MadhavaRao T.S., 'Power System Protection - Static Relays', McGraw Hill, New
Delhi,2nd Edition, 21st reprinted, 2008.
5) Handbook of Switchgears by BHEL
6) Testing , commissioning , operation and maintenance of electrical equipment by
Sunil S Rao ,Khanna Publications

E-Resources:

1. http://www.pdfsdocuments.com/testing-commissioning-operation-maintenance-
electrical-equipments.pdf
2. YOUTUBE VEDIOS ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS
3. YOUTUBE VEDIOS ON PROTECTIVE RELAYS
4. NPTEL VEDIOS ON SWITCHGEAR PROTECTION

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7


Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through Lectures, Classroom Interaction, Animations, Group
Discussion, Exercises and Assignments.

Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme:


To Max Evidence Course
What Frequency
Whom Marks Collected Outcomes
Three tests
(Continuous Internal

I A Tests (average of 20 Blue Books 1 to 6


three)
Evaluation)

Students

Hand
CIE

Student
Direct Assessment

05 written 1 to 6
Activity
report

TOTAL 25
(Semester End
Examination)

Answer
End Of the
SEE

End Exam Students 100 Scripts at 1 to 6


Course
BTE

Student Feedback on Middle Of


Assessment

course The Course


Indirect

Students Questionnaire 1 to 6
End Of The
End Of Course Survey
Course
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be rounded off to
the next higher digit.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks evaluated through appropriate rubrics.
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions & Assessment
Methods.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8


Suggested Student activity:
A student has to prepare a handwritten report on any one of the activity suggested in a blue
book or spiral binding form.

1. Identify various faults on the power system other than faults studied in the curriculum
2. Identify various Unsymmetrical faults on the power system other than faults studied
in the curriculum
3. Identify the components of different types of circuit breakers used in LV & HV side
with their specifications (through visits, video or model).
4. Study of specification of lightning arresters of different manufacturers through
Brochures / Literature
5. Study latest types of over/under voltage relays, differential and distance relays using
static relays ,microprocessor based and numerical relays
6. Identify various faults in motors, Relays and Circuit Breakers and relevant protection
schemes
MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY ( Course Coordinator)

Dimen Scale Students score


sion (Group of five
students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary

1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 3

2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 2

3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 5

4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 4

Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate 14/4


rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks =3.5
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE students ≈4

Grand Average/Total

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 9


Example only: MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY-
Task given- Industrial visit and report writing
Dimensi Scale Students score
on (Five students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 345
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
1.Organi Has not Has Has Has Has 3
sation included included included included included all
relevant info few relev some relev many relev relevant
ant info ant info ant info info needed
2. Fulfill Does not Performs Performs Performs Performs 2
team’s perform any very little partial nearly all all duties of
roles & duties duties duties duties assigned
duties assigned team roles

3.Conclu Poor Less Partially Summarise Most 5


sion Effective effective s but not Effective
exact.
4.Conve Frequent More Some Occasional No Error 4
nsions Error Error Error Error
Total marks 14/4=3.5
≈4

FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)


Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks

SWITCHGEAR AND
Ex: I test/6 th week of V SEM
PROTECTION 20
sem 10-11 Am
Year:
Name of Course coordinator : Units:__ CO’s:____

Question
Question MARKS CL CO PO
no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal Choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 10


MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


SWITCHGEAR AND
1st Test/ 6 th week, V SEM, E & E Engg.
PROTECTION 20
10-11 AM
Year: 2016-17 Course code:15EE53T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :1 and 2
Course Outcomes : 1 and 2
Instruction :(1). Answer all questions (2). Each question carries five marks
Question
Question CL CO PO
No.
1 List the Harmful Effects of short circuit current R 1 2,5,10
2 The below figure shows single line diagram of a 3-pase systems. The A 1 2,5,10
percentage reactance of each alternator is based on its own capacity.
Find the short circuit current that will flow into a complete 3-phase
short circuit at F

[OR]
A 3-phase, 20MVA, 10KV alternator as internal reactance of 5% and
negligible reactance. Find the external reactance per phase to be A 1 2,5,10
connected in series with the alternator so that steady current on
short circuit does not exceed 8 times the full load current

3 State Merits and Demerits of : R 2 2,10


1. OCB
2. ACB
3. SF6 CB
4 Explain construction and working of Puffer Type SF6 CB U 2 2,10

[OR]
U 2 2,10
Explain construction and working of VACUUM CB

CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 11


COURSE CONTENT DELIVERY:

Lesson
no/Topic Unit Session/Duration
no

I Fundamentals of Protection 07hrs

Sources of Fault Power, Illustrate the Phenomena of Short Circuit


1 01
with the help of a general circuit diagram
Types of faults & Harmful Effects of short circuit current,
2 01
Symmetrical Faults on Three Phase Systems
Importance of calculation of Short Circuit Current, Define
3 01
Percentage reactance and Base KVA, Meaning of Reactor
Use of current limiting reactors & their arrangements, List the steps
4 01
for Symmetrical Fault Calculations

5 Simple Problems on Symmetrical Fault Calculations. 01

Causes of over voltages, Lighting phenomena &over voltage due to


6 01
lightning, Types of lightning arresters
Lightning arresters & surge absorbers & their Construction &
7 01
principle of operation.

II Fuse and Circuit Breakers 14hrs

Meaning of Switchgear , Essential features of Switchgear, List


8 different Switchgear equipment used for switching and interruption 01
of current
Explain Differences between Indoor type and Outdoor type
9 Switchgear 01

Desirable Characteristics of Fuse elements, Types of Fuses, Fuse


10 01
Element Materials
Important Terms: Current Rating of Fuse element, Fusing current,
11
Fusing factor, Prospective current, cut off current , Pre Arcing Time, 01
Arcing Time, Breaking Capacity, Total Operating Time.
HRC fuses –construction, types, working, Merits, demerits and 01
12
applications

13 Arc formation process, methods of arc extinction (HT & LT Method) 01

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 12


Circuit Breaker rating, Explain the terminologies – Arc-Voltage,
14 arching Time, Pre –Arching Time, Prospective Current, TRV, 01
Recovery Voltage, RRRV, Total Break Time
Working of Circuit Breaker by Trip Circuit Mechanism,
15 01
Classification of Circuit Breakers

Working principle, Construction, Merits, Demerits & Applications of


16 01
Plain Break Oil CB

Working principle, Construction, Merits, Demerits & Applications of


17 01
ACB (Axial blast, cross blast)

Working principle, Construction, Merits, Demerits & Applications of


18 01
Puffer Type SF6 CB

Working principle, Construction, Merits, Demerits & Applications of


19 01
Non Puffer Type SF6CB

Working principle, Construction, Merits, Demerits & Applications of


20 01
VACUUM CB

21 Maintenance Schedule of OCB,ACB, SF6 and VCB Circuit Breakers 01

III Protective Relays 12hrs

Relay definition, required qualities of Protective Relaying, Necessity


22 01
for Protection
Primary and Back up protection, Classification of protective
23 Relaying, Important Terms: Pickup current, current setting, P S M, T 01
S M, Time P S M Curve
Construction and working of Induction type Non-directional over
24 01
current relay

Introduction of Static relay, Static Type Over Current Relay, merits


25 01
and Limitations

Block diagram and working of Microprocessor based Over Current


26 01
Relay

Comparison of Static Relays with Electro-Magnetic Relays and


27 01
microprocessor based relays

Differential relay- Principle of operation, sketch and working of


28 01
Current differential and Voltage balanced Differential relay

Differential relay- Principle of operation, sketch and working of


29 01
Voltage balanced Differential relay

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 13


Distance relays: Construction and working of Definite distance
30 01
Impedance Relay

31 Construction and working of Time-distance Impedance Relay 01

Introduction to Numerical relays ,Advantages of Numerical relays


32 01
and different types

33 List and explain different Testing Methods for Relays 01

IV Protection of Alternators and Transformers 08hrs

Types of Protection of Alternators, Explain Abnormalities & List


34 01
different types of Faults

Construction and working Differential protection, Construction and


35 01
working Balanced Earth Fault Protection

36 Construction and working Stator Inter Turn Protection 01

Types of Protection of Transformers, Explain Abnormalities & List


37 01
different types of Faults

38 Construction and working of Buchholz Relay 01

Construction and working of Earth Fault or Leakage Protection


39 01
Systems for Transformers

Construction and working of Combined Leakage and Overload


40 01
Protection

Construction and working of Circulating Current Scheme for


41 01
Transformers Protection

V Protection of Feeders and Bus-Bars 05 hrs

Feeder Protection, Explain Abnormalities & List different types of


42 Faults 01
Time Graded Over Current Protection on transmission line

43 Construction and working of Differential Pilot – Wire Protection 01

44 Discuss Basic principle of Distance Protection 01

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 14


Bus – Bar Protection, Explain Abnormalities & List different types of
45 01
Faults

46 Construction and working of Differential Protection of Bus -Bars 01

VI Substation and Maintenance 06 hrs

Explain the indoor and outdoor type substation


47 01
Identify the various units of substation

List Testing methods of Circuit Breaker, Explain type test and


48 01
routine test & maintenance

List & Explain Testing methods of CT’s & PT’s and Maintenance of
49 01
Relays

50 Introduction, Types &Importance of Neutral Earthing 01

Explain Substation Earthing (Solid, Resistance and Reactance


51 Earthing) 01

52 Explain Principle and applications Peterson coil. 01

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 15


MODEL QUESTION BANK

Code: 15EE53T
V Semester Diploma Examination

SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION

CO1 Acquire knowledge in the field of sources and effect of short circuit current
and calculations
UNIT-I Fundamentals of protection

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. List the types of faults with diagram


2. List the Harmful Effects of short circuit current
3. Define Percentage reactance and Base KVA
4. List Use of current limiting reactors and their arrangements
5. List steps for Symmetrical Fault Calculations
6. List Methods of Voltage and Reactive Power Control
7. List Causes of over voltages
8. List Types of lightning arresters

Cognitive Level: Understanding

1. Explain Sources of Fault Power


2. Explain Phenomena of Short Circuit with the help of a general circuit diagram
3. Explain Importance of calculation of Short Circuit Current
4. Explain Power and Frequency Characteristics of Interconnected systems
5. Explain methods of Reactive power control
6. Explain Lighting phenomena
7. Explain over voltage due to lightning
8. Explain Rod gap arrestor and Horn gap arrestor.
9. Explain Oxide Film Type and Thyrite Arrestor.
10. Explain surge absorbers

Cognitive Level: Application/Analyze

11. The below figure shows single line diagram of a 3-pase systems. The percentage
reactance of each alternator is based on its own capacity. Find the short circuit current
that will flow into a complete 3-phase short circuit at F

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 16


12. A 3-phase, 20MVA, 10KV alternator as internal reactance of 5% and negligible reactance.
Find the external reactance per phase to be connected in series with the alternator so
that steady current on short circuit does not exceed 8 times the full load current

13.A 3phase transmission line operating at 10 kV and having a resistance of 1ohm and
reactance of 4Ohm is connected to the generating station bus-bars through 5MVA step
up transformer having a reactance of 5%. The bus-bars are supplied by 10 MVA
alternators having 10% reactance. Calculate the short-circuit kVA fed at symmetrical
fault between phases if it occurs A) At the load end of transmission line
B) At the high voltage terminal of the transformer

14. The plant capacity of a 3-phase generating station consists of two 10,000kVA generators
of reactance 12% each and one 5000kVA generator of reactance 18%. The generators
are connected to the station bus-bars from which load is taken through tree 5000kVA
step-up transformers having a reactance 5%. Determine t reactance 12%e maximum
fault MVA which t reactance 12%e circuit breakers on(i) low voltage side (ii) high
voltage side

CO2 Understand the construction and working of Fuse and circuit breakers

UNIT-II- Fuse and Circuit Breakers

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. List different Switchgear equipment


2. List Differences between Indoor type and Outdoor type Switchgear
3. List Desirable Characteristics of Fuse elements
4. List Fuse Element Materials
5. State Merits and Demerits of HRC fuse
6. List any 3 Application of HRC fuse
7. List the different methods of arc extinction
8. List different circuit breakers
9. List the Features of Intelligent Circuit Breaker
10. State Merits and Demerits of Plain oil OCB
11. State Merits and Demerits of Air circuit breaker
12. State Merits and Demerits of SF6 CB
13. State Merits and Demerits of Vacuum Circuit breaker
14. List the Applications of OCB
15. List the Applications of ACB
16. List the Applications of SF6 CB
17. List the Applications of VCB
18. Lists the steps in maintenance of OCB
19. Lists the steps in maintenance of SF6 CB
20. Lists the steps in maintenance of ACB
21. Define breaking capacity, making capacity and Sort time rating
22. Lists the steps in maintenance of VCB

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 17


Cognitive Level: Understanding

23. Explain Essential features of Switchgear


24. Explain Switchgear equipment
25. Explain terms: Terms: Current Rating of Fuse element, Fusing current, Fusing factor,
Prospective current, cut off current , Pre Arcing Time, Arcing Time, Breaking Capacity,
Total Operating Time.
26. Explain construction and working of HRC fuse
27. Explain the different methods of arc extinction
28. Explain Arc Extinction phenomena in CB by high resistance method
29. Illustrate the working of Circuit Breaker by Trip Circuit Mechanism
30. Explain circuit breaker rating
31. Explain the terminologies – Arc-Voltage, arching Time, Pre –Arching Time, Prospective
Current, T R V, Recovery Voltage, R RR V, Total Break Time
32. Explain Working principle of Circuit Breakers
33. Explain construction and working of Plain oil OCB ACB
34. Explain construction and working of Axial blast ACB
35. Explain construction and working of cross blast ACB
36. Explain construction and working of Puffer Type SF6 CB
37. Explain construction and working of Non Puffer Type SF6 CB
38. Explain construction and working of VACUUM CB
39. Differentiate between fuse and circuit breaker.

Cognitive Level: Application/Analyze


1. Compare fuse and circuit breaker.
2. Explain Working principle of Circuit Breakers
3. Explain Essential features of Switchgear
4. Explain Switchgear equipment
5. Explain terms: Terms: Current Rating of Fuse element, Fusing current, Fusing factor,
Prospective current, cut off current , Pre Arcing Time, Arcing Time, Breaking Capacity,
Total Operating Time.
6. Explain construction and working of HRC fuse
7. Explain the different methods of arc extinction
8. Explain breaking capacity of CB
9. Explain making capacityof CB
10. Explain Sort time ratingof CB

CO3 Analyze the faults and protection for the Alternators and Transformers

UNIT-III Protective Relays

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. Define Relay
2. List different requirements of Protective Relays
3. List different types of protective Relaying
4. List the applications of Static Relays
5. List the applications of Microprocessor based Relays
6. Explain the Necessity for Protection
7. List the different types of Numerical relays
8. List the Advantages of Numerical relays

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 18


9. List the testing methods on Relays

Cognitive Level: Understanding

10. Explain Primary and Back up protection


11. Explain terms: Pickup current, current setting, P S M, T S M, Time P S M Curve
12. Explain construction and working of Induction type Non-directional over current relay
13. Explain construction and working of Static Type Over Current Relay
14. Compare Static Relays with Electro-Magnetic Relays
15. Explain with block diagram Microprocessor based Over Current Relay
16. Explain with a neat sketch the working of Voltage balance differential Relay
17. Explain with a neat sketch the working of Current differential Relay
18. Explain with a neat sketch the working of Definite Distance Type Impedance Relays
19. Explain with a neat sketch the working of Time-distance Impedance Relay
20. Draw block diagram of Numerical relays
21. Compare Static relays and Microprocessor based relays

CO4 Understand the construction and working of Fuse and circuit breakers

UNIT-IV Protection of Generators and Transformers

Cognitive Level: Understanding

1. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Differential protection of


alternators
2. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of , Balanced Earth Fault Protection
of alternators
3. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Stator Inter Turn Protection of
alternators
4. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Buchholz Relay
5. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Earth Fault or Leakage
Protection of Transformers
6. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Combined Leakage and Overload
Protection of Transformers
7. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Circulating Current Scheme for
Transformers Protection

Cognitive Level: Application/ Analyze

1. Explain various Abnormalities occurs in Alternators


2. Explain various Abnormalities occurs in Transformers
3. List different types of faults in alternator
4. List different types of faults in Transformers

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 19


CO5 Analyze the faults and protection for the Feeders and Bus-Bars

UNIT-V Protection of Feeders and Bus-Bars

Cognitive Level: Understanding

1. Explain Time Graded Protection for Radial Feeders


2. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Differential Pilot – Wire
Protection
3. Explain basic distance protection scheme for protection of lines.
4. List different types of faults in Bus – Bars
5. Explain Differential Protection of Bus –Bars
6. Explain theImportance of Protection of Lines and Bus –Bars

Cognitive Level: Application/ Analyze

1. Explain various Abnormalities occurs in Transmission lines


2. Explain various Abnormalities occurs in Bus – Bars
3. List different types of faults in Transmission lines
4. List different types of faults in Bus – Bars

CO6 Understand layout of Substations, neutral earthing, testing of CB, CT and PT.

UNIT-VI Substation and Maintenance

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. List the tests conducted on Circuit Breakers


2. List the steps to Maintenance of Circuit Breakers
3. List the Testing methods of CT’s & PT’s
4. List the steps to Maintenance of Relays
5. List importance of Neutral Earthing
6. List the application of Peterson coil
7. List the methods of sub-station Earthing

Cognitive Level: Understanding

1. Explain the indoor and outdoor type substation


2. Explain Type Test and Routine Test
3. Explain Maintainance schedule of relays
4. Explain Neutral Earthing
5. Explain Solid, Resistance and Reactance Earthing
6. Explain Peterson coil

------------------------------------------------

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 20


Model Question Paper:
Code: 15EE53T
V Semester Diploma Examination
SWITCHGEAR AND PROTECTION
[Time: 3 Hours] [Max.Marks: 100]

Note: (i) Answer any SIX questions from Part – A.(Each question carries 5 marks)
(ii) Answer any SEVEN questions from Part – B. (Each question carries 10 marks)

PART - A

1 List the Harmful Effects of short circuit current 5

2 Explain methods of Reactive power control 5

3 Explain the different methods of arc extinction 5


Explain terms: Terms: Current Rating of Fuse element, Fusing current, Fusing factor, Prospective
4 5
current, cut off current , Pre Arcing Time, Arcing Time, Breaking Capacity, Total Operating Time.
5 List different requirements of Protective Relays 5

6 Explain terms: Pickup current, current setting, P S M, T S M, Time P S M Curve 5


i. Explain various Abnormalities occurs in Alternators
7 5
ii. Explain various Abnormalities occurs in Transformers
i. List different types of faults in Transmission lines
8 5
ii. List different types of faults in Bus – Bars
Lists the steps in maintenance of Circuit Breakers
9 5

PART - B
A 3phase transmission line operating at 10 kV and having a resistance of 1ohm and reactance of
4Ohm is connected to the generating station bus-bars through 5MVA step up transformer having
a reactance of 5%. The bus-bars are supplied by 10 MVA alternators having 10% reactance.
Calculate the short-circuit kVA fed at symmetrical fault between phases if it occurs A) At the load
end of transmission line B) At the high voltage terminal of the transformer
1 10

i. List Desirable Characteristics of Fuse elements 5


2
ii. State Merits and Demerits of HRC fuse 5
i. Explain construction and working of Plain oil OCB ACB 5
3
ii. State Merits and Demerits of Plain oil OCB 5
i. Explain construction and working ofnon Puffer Type SF6 CB 5
4
ii. List the maintenance of SF6 CB 5
i. Explain the Necessity for Protection 5
5
ii. List different types of faults in Transformers 5
i. Explain with block diagram Microprocessor based Over Current Relay 5
6
ii. List any 4 applications of Microprocessor based Relay 5
i. Explain construction and working of Static Type Over Current Relay 5
7
ii. Compare Static Relays with Electro-Magnetic Relays 5
8 i. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Differential protection of 5

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 21


alternators
ii. Explain with a neat sketch construction and working of Earth Fault or Leakage 5
Protection of Transformers
i. Explain Time Graded Protection for Radial Feeders 5
9
ii. Explain Differential Protection of Bus –Bars 5
i. Explain Solid Earthing 5
10
ii. Explain Peterson coil 5

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 22


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title:
Course Code :15EE54T
ELECTRICAL ESTIMATION AND COSTING
Semester :V Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) :4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course :Lecture +Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE :100 Marks
Programme: Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engineering.

Pre-requisites : Knowledge about Elements of Electrical Engineering ,


Engineering Drawing, Electrical Wiring and Professional Ethics.
Course Objectives : To enable the students to prepare the schedule of materials with
specifications and estimates for different types of electrical
installations.

COURSE TOPICS:
Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 Introduction 05

2 Service Mains 10

3 Lighting Installations 12

4 Power Installations 08

5 Distribution lines and Transformer centre 10

6 Transmission lines and substations 07

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1


Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Summarize the importance of estimation, specification and earthing.


2. Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications and estimates for service mains.
3. Draw the wiring plan for residential buildings, Prepare the schedule of materials with
specifications and estimates for lighting Installations.
4. Draw the layout of machines with wiring plan for workshops. Prepare the schedule of
materials with specifications and estimates for power insulation.
5. Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications for Distribution lines and
estimates for transformer centre.
6. Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications for transmission lines and
substations.

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Total Marks


Educational Component Weightage (%)
No.
1 Remembering 30 30

2 Understanding 30 30

3 Application/ Analysis/Create 40 40

Total 100 100

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level
Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

Linked
Course Outcome CL PO
Teaching Hrs

CO1 Summarize the importance of R/U 2,5,10 5


estimation, specification and earthing

Prepare the schedule of materials with


CO2
specifications and estimates for R/U/A 2,10 10
service mains.

Draw the wiring plan for residential


CO3 buildings, Prepare the schedule of R/U/A 2,10 12
materials with specifications and
estimates for lighting Installations.

Draw the layout of machines and


CO4 wiring plan for workshops. Prepare R/U/A 2,10 8
the schedule of materials with
specifications for power insulation.

Prepare the schedule of materials with


C05 R/U/A 2,10 10
specifications for Distribution lines
and estimates for transformer centre.

Prepare the schedule of materials with


C06 R/U/A 2,10 7
specifications for transmission lines
and substations.
Total sessions 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Questions to be
set as per
Max. weightage Marks
Unit
Unit Name Hour Marks allotted for each weightage
No
per Unit chapter (%)
R U A

1 Introduction. 05 10 0.5 0.5 10

2 Service Mains 10 20 0.5 0.5 1 20

3 Lighting Installations 12 25 0.5 0.5 1.5 25

4 Power Installations 08 15 0.5 0.5 0.5 15


Distribution lines and
5 10 20 0.5 0.5 1 20
Transformer centre
Transmission lines and
6 07 10 0.5 0.5 10
substations
6 100
Total 52 145
(100Marks)

Note: In the question paper pattern in SEE, Internal choice should be given
from units 5 and 6

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
ELECTRICAL
ESTIMATION
-0 3 -0 0- 1 0 0 0 0 3
AND
COSTING
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given
PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level
2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-
addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5


Course Content:
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION 05 HRS

Meaning of estimation, purpose of estimating and the factors to be considered while


preparing estimations, qualities of a good estimator, Meaning of specification, importance of
specification and the factors to be considered. Meaning of standardization and its advantages.
Meaning of overhead charges, stock incidental charges, contingencies, supervision charges,
labour charges, Inspection/Inspectorate charges, transportation charges and miscellaneous
charges. Meaning of tender/tender notice, quotation, comparative statement, purchase order
and work order. Importance / purpose of IE Act and IE Rules.

Meaning of earthing, touch potential and step potential, necessity of earthing, Points to be
earthed, factors influencing earth resistance, methods of reducing earth resistance, standard
values of earth resistance for various installations, method of selecting the size of earth
conductor, types /methods of earthing, Pipe earthing-diagram, specifications of pipe earthing,
Plate earthing-diagram and specifications of plate earthing.

UNIT II
SERVICE MAINS 05 HRS

Meaning of service mains, code of Practice for service mains, types of service mains- Over
Head Service Mains -materials and specifications, UG Service Mains -materials and
specifications, Standard wire size table, current ratings for Aluminium, copper conductors
and selection of size of conduit pipe as per the size and number of wires.
Load calculation, selection of size and type of conductor/UG cable, discrimination of size
of protective devices, Quantity calculation, schedules of materials and estimates for
single phase OH service connection, three phase OH service connection, single phase UG
service connection and three phase UG service connection.

UNIT III
LIGHTING INSTALLATIONS 12 HRS.

Interior Wiring types and their applications, factors to be considered while selecting the type
of wiring system, materials required for Interior wiring and their specifications, Code of
Practice for Lighting Installations, method of deciding the number of sub-circuits, calculating
the quantity of wiring materials and accessories for the Interior Wiring, load calculations for
a residential buildings, size of conductors, main switch, sub switches and protective devices.
Draw wiring plan for AEH Installation, concept of horizontal run, vertical rise and vertical
drop. Prepare the schedule of materials for providing lighting and heating circuits and their
estimates. Procedure for converting lighting to AEH installation.

UNIT IV
POWER INSTALLATIONS 08 HRS

Code of Practice for Power Installations, materials required for power circuit wiring and
their specifications, Prepare the layout diagram of machines showing clearances as per IS
standards, draw wiring plan of the Power circuit for workshops, Decide the type of wiring

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6


system, load calculations, determine the size of conductors, main switch, Isolators, sub
switches and protective devices, Draw the SLD of Power Distribution Scheme showing
grading/discrimination of ratings of protective devices, Prepare the schedule of materials with
specifications for workshops and their estimates, Determine the rating of motor for IP set and
the concept (only)of pump house wiring.

UNIT V
DISTRIBUTION LINES AND TRANSFORMER CENTRE 10 HOURS

Code of practice for Distribution Lines and Transformer centre, types of transformer centres -
Pole mounted, plinth mounted, indoor and outdoor types. Determining the rating of
Distribution Transformer. Write Specifications of the Distribution Transformer. Draw the
SLD of a Transformer centre indicating the size of protective devices, Prepare the schedule of
equipments /Materials with specifications for a 11KV/415V,100 KVA transformer centre and
their estimates, 415 V LT line materials and specifications , method of calculating various LT
line materials (only). Prepare the schedule of materials (only) for 3 phase 4 wire LT line,
11 KV HT Line-materials and their specifications, method of calculating various HT line
materials and tapping structure, TOPO sheet and its use, Concept of combined estimates.
Prepare the schedule of materials (only) for 11 KV single circuit HT line for Rural
Electrification.
(Note: HT lines over head type only)

UNIT VI

TRANSMISSION LINES AND SUBSTATIONS 07 HRS

Code of practice for Transmission lines and substations, transmission line materials and their
specifications, types of Towers, ACSR conductors and Number of Disc insulators in
suspension string, strain string, span and height of towers for 66 KV, 110 KV, 220 KV
transmission lines, concept of single circuit and double circuit transmission lines, method of
calculating the Quantity of transmission line materials, Prepare the schedule of materials
(only) for 66 KV,110 KV and 220 KV single circuit transmission lines. 66KV/11KV, 5 MVA
Substations- Single Line diagram, list of Electrical equipments/ materials (only) and their
specifications.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7


Reference Books:

Sl Title of the book Author Publisher


No.
01 Electrical Design Estimating K.B.Raina&K.Battacharya. Khanna Publications.
and Costing.
02 Electrical Installation J.B.Gupta S.K.Kataria and Sons
Estimating and Costing.
03 Electrical Wiring, Dr.S.L.Uppal New age international (p)
Estimating and Costing. limited

04 Electrical Estimating and Surjit Singh DhanpatRai company.


costing.
05 Electrical Estimating and N.Alagappan Tata McGraw Hill
Costing. and Ekambaram
06 Electrical wiring, B.D.Arora R.B. Publication.
Estimating and costing

07 Electrical Estimating M. RaghunathRao Eastern Book Promoters


Specification and Costing Belgaum (EBPB)

e-Resources:
1. http://www.electricaltechnology.org/2015/05/earthing-and-electrical-grounding-types-of-
earthing.html
2. file:///C:/Users/Dell/Downloads/guidelines%20for%20electrical%20wiring%20in%20resident
ial%20buildings%20.pdf
3. http://www.cpwd.gov.in/Publication/Internal2013.pdf
4. http://bescom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/PDFFILE1.pdf
5. http://mptransco.nic.in/tender_files/volume-v.pdf (Transmission Line Materials and
Installation work.)
6. https://www.ergon.com.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0004/146839/NI000401R121-Subs-
Design-Manual.pdf

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8


Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group
discussion, exercises and student activities, assignments.

Course Assessment and Evaluation:

Course
To Max Evidence
What Frequency Outcom
Whom Marks Collected
es
Three IA tests
for Theory:
(Continuous Internal

(Average Blue
I A Tests 20 1 to 6
marks of Three Books
Evaluation)

Tests to be
Students

computed).
CIE
Direct Assessment

Student Report of
05 1 to 6
Student Activity 2 pages
Activity
TOTAL 25
(Semester End
Examination)

Answer
Students

End Of the
SEE

End Exam 100 Scripts at 1 to 6


Course
BTE

Student Feedback on Middle Of


Assessment

Feed Back Forms 1 to 6


course The Course
Students
Indirect

End Of The
End Of Course Survey Questionnaires 1 to 6
Course

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination


Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks evaluated through appropriate rubrics.
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions & Assessment
Methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 9


Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:
Contents Duration

INTRODUCTION 05 Hours
Unit I
Define estimation, explain the purpose of estimating and list the
factors to be considered while preparing estimations. Discuss and
1. list the qualities of a good estimator. 01 Hour
Define specification, explain the importance of Specifications
and list the factors to be considered.
Define standardization, List the advantages of standardization,
Explain overhead charges, stock incidental charges,
2. contingencies , supervision charges, labour charges, 01 Hour
Inspection/Inspectorate charges , transportation charges and
miscellaneous charges.
Explain tender/tender notice, quotation, comparative statement,
3. purchase order and work order. 01 Hour
Explain the importance/purpose of I.E Act and I.E Rules.
Define the terms - earthing ,touch potential and step potential,
explain the necessity of earthing, list the Points to be earthed,
point out the factors influencing earth resistance, list the methods 01 Hour
4.
of reducing earth resistance, classify standard values of earth
resistance for various installations.
Specify the method of selecting the size of earth conductor.
List the types /methods of Earthing.
Explain Pipe earthing with diagram .
01 Hour
5. Write the specifications of pipe earthing
Explain Plate earthing with diagram.
Write the specifications of plate earthing.
Unit II SERVICE MAINS 10 Hours
Define service mains. 01 Hour
6.
List the code of Practice for service mains.
List the types of service mains-Explain Over Head Service Mains 01 Hour
7. with diagram. List the materials. Write the specification of
materials.
Explain UG Service Mains with diagram. List the materials. 01 Hour
8.
Write the specifications of materials.
Interpret standard wire size table, current ratings for Aluminium 01 Hour
9. copper conductors and selection of size of conduit pipe as per the
size and number of wires.
Explain the general procedure for - Load calculation, 01 Hour
selection of size and type of conductor/UG cable,
10.
discrimination of size of protective devices; decide the nature
of supply and type of service main.
Solve one simple example- Quantity calculation and 01 Hour
schedules of materials for providing single phase OH
11.
service connection for electrification of a residential
building.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 10


12. Prepare the estimate of cost for the above. 01 Hour

Solve one simple example- Quantity calculation and schedule 01 hour


of materials for providing three phase OH service
13.
connection for electrification of a commercial building.
Prepare the estimate of cost for the above.
Solve one simple example-Quantity calculation and schedule 01 hour
of material for providing single phase UG service
14.
connection for Electrification of a residential building.
Prepare the estimate of cost for the above.
Solve one simple example-Quantity calculation and schedule 01 Hour
of material for providing three phase UG service
15. connection for Electrification of a workshop.
Prepare the estimate of cost for the above.

Unit III LIGHTING INSTALLATION 12 Hours


List code of Practice for Lighting Installations. 01 Hour
Interior Wiring - List the types and their applications. Point out
16.
the factors to be considered while selecting the type of wiring
system.
List the materials required for Interior wiring. Write their 01 Hour
specifications. Specify the method of deciding the number of
17.
sub-circuits, calculating the quantity of wiring materials and
accessories for the Interior Wiring.
Solve one simple example on Interior wiring with single 01 Hour
circuit- calculate the load-Propose Lighting and heating loads
18.
for a residential building. Determine the size of conductors, main
switch, sub switches and protective devices.
Draw wiring plan for the above residential building for AEH 01 Hour
19. Installation. Explain the concept of horizontal run, vertical rise
and vertical drop.
Prepare the schedule of materials for providing lighting circuit 01 Hour
20.
wiring for the above.
21. Estimate the cost for the above lighting circuit. 01 Hour
Prepare the schedule of materials for providing heating circuit 01 Hour
22. wiring for the above. Determine the size of conductors, main
switch, sub switches and protective devices.
23. Estimate the cost for the above heating circuit wiring. 01 Hour

Solve one simple example on Interior wiring having 2 sub- 01 Hour


circuits (lighting load greater than 800 W).Draw the wiring
24. plan , calculate the load - Propose Lighting and heating loads for
a residential building. Determine the size of conductors, main
switch, sub switches and protective devices.
25. Prepare the schedule of materials for the above. 01 Hour

26. Prepare the estimate of cost for the above. 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 11


27. Procedure (only) for converting lighting to AEH installation. 01 Hour

Unit IV POWER INSTALLATIONS 08 Hours


List code of Practice for Power Installations.
28. List the materials required for power circuit wiring. 01 Hour
Write their specifications.
Solve one example - Prepare the layout diagram of machines 01 Hour
29.
showing clearances as per IS standards.
Solve one simple example -Draw wiring plan of the Power
30. 01 Hour
circuit for a small workshop with one machines of 10 HP rating.
Decide the type of wiring system.
Explain the procedure for- load calculations, determine the size
01 Hour
31. of conductors, main switch, Isolators, sub switches and
protective devices for the above.
Draw the SLD of Power Distribution Scheme showing 01 Hour
32.
grading/discrimination of ratings of protective devices.
Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications for the 01 Hour
33.
above the workshop. Use surface conduit system.
34. Prepare the estimate of cost for the above. 01 Hour

Determine the rating of motor for IP set. 01 Hour


35.
Explain the concept (only) of pump house wiring.
Unit V DISTRIBUTION LINES AND TRANSFORMER CENTRE 10 Hours

36. List code of practice for Distribution Lines. 01 Hour

Transformer centre –Describe the types- Pole mounted, plinth 01 Hour


37.
mounted, indoor and outdoor types.
Solve one simple example on determining the rating of
38. Distribution Transformer. Write Specifications of the 01 Hour
Distribution Transformer.
Draw the SLD of a Transformer centre indicating the size of
protective devices. Prepare the schedule of equipments / 01 Hour
39.
Materials with specifications for a 11KV/415V, 100 KVA
transformer centre.
40. Prepare estimate of cost for the above transformer centre. 01 Hour

415 V LT lines- List the Materials (only) with specifications and 01 Hour
41.
specify the method of calculating various LT line materials.
Prepare the schedule of materials (only) for 3 phase 4 wire LT 01 Hour
42.
line for Electrification of a factory. One simple example.
11 KV HT Lines (over head type) only- List the Materials with
01 Hour
43. specifications.
Specify the method of calculating various HT line materials.
Explain tapping structure and list the materials required for
44. tapping structure. Describe TOPO sheet and its use. Discuss the 01 Hour
concept of combined estimate.
Prepare the schedule of materials (only) for 11 KV single circuit 01 Hour
45.
HT line for Rural Electrification. One simple example.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 12


Unit VI TRANSMISSION LINES AND SUBSTATIONS 07 Hours
List the code of practice for Transmission lines. 01 Hour
46.
List the transmission line materials and write their specifications.
Classify the types of Towers, ACSR conductors and Number of
Disc insulators in suspension string, strain string, span and height
of towers for 66 KV, 110 KV, 220 KV transmission lines. 01 Hour
47.
Explain the concept of single circuit and double circuit
transmission lines. Specify the method of calculating the
Quantity of transmission line materials.
Solve one simple example-Prepare the schedule of materials 01 Hour
48.
(only) for 66KV single circuit transmission line.
Solve one simple example-Prepare the schedule of materials 01 Hour
49.
(only) for110 KV single circuit transmission line.
Solve one simple example- Prepare the schedule of materials 01 Hour
50.
(only) for 220 KV single circuit transmission line.
66KV/11KV, 5 MVA substations- Draw the Single Line 01 Hour
51.
diagram and label the various equipments with ratings.
66KV/11KV, 5 MVA substations- list the Electrical equipments/ 01 Hour
52.
materials (only) and write their specifications.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 13


Suggested Student Activities:
(Any one to be submitted with 3 pages SELF HAND WRITTEN report):

1. Study the construction and working of chemical earthing and maintenance free
earthing.
2. Draw the wiring plan of class rooms in a school/college (say 5 to10 class rooms)
and prepare the estimate of cost for providing lighting circuit wiring.
3. Draw the wiring plan for an office and estimate the cost for providing lighting and
power circuits.
4. Draw the wiring plan of an auditorium and estimate the cost of lighting circuit
wiring. Study the illumination system/ type of
5. Visit the lathe machine shop or workshop in the polytechnic campus, prepare the
layout plan of machines, draw the wiring plan of power circuit and estimate its
cost.
6. Draw the distribution board /panel of your polytechnic. Draw the single line
diagram of power distribution scheme and show the details of rating of MCBs,
fuses and switches.
7. Study the distribution board, draw the (SLD) single line diagram of power
distribution scheme in apartments/commercial buildings/hospitals/hotels. Show the
details of rating of MCBs, fuses and switches.
8. Study the external electrical wiring of UPS and prepare estimate of cost for
installation of UPS.
9. Draw the wiring plan of a 3BHK apartment, calculate the load and estimate the
cost for providing lighting and heating circuits for Multi-storey (say 5 floors).
10. Visit electrical shops, identify the products displayed, know the specifications and
collect the price list of electrical items/accessories used in lighting and heating
circuits. Compare the prices of different makes.
11. Study the office procedures followed by section officers/junior engineers of
electricity boards for tenders, estimation and execution of electrical works.
12. Study the electrical wiring of submersible pump sets. Estimate the cost.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 14


MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY ( Course Coordinator)

Dimen Scale Students score


sion (Group of five
students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary

1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 3

2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 2

3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 5

4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 4

Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate 14/4


rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks =3.5
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE students ≈4

Grand Average/Total

Example only: MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY-


Task given- Industrial visit and report writing
Dimensi Scale Students score
on (Five students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 345
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
1.Organi Has not Has Has Has Has 3
sation included included included included included all
relevant info few relev some relev many relev relevant
ant info ant info ant info info needed
2. Fulfill Does not Performs Performs Performs Performs 2
team’s perform any very little partial nearly all all duties of
roles & duties duties duties duties assigned
duties assigned team roles

3.Conclu Poor Less Partially Summarise Most 5


sion Effective effective s but not Effective
exact.
4.Conve Frequent More Some Occasional No Error 4
nsions Error Error Error Error
Total marks 14/4=3.5
≈4

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 15


FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and
Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Time

Ex: I test/6 th weak I/II SEM


20
of sem 10-11 Am Year:
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:__ CO’s:____

Questio
Question MARKS CL CO PO
n no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal Choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


ELECTRICAL ESTIMATION
V sem, EE
1st Test/6th week AND COSTING 20
Year: 2016-17 Course code:15EE54T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :
Course Outcomes :
Instruction : (1). Answer all questions
Questi MARKS
Question CL CO PO
on No.
1 List the factors to be considered while preparing estimates.
5 R 1 2,10
2 Sketch Pipe earthing and label the parts
OR U/
5 1 2,10
Explain the importance/purpose of I.E Act and I.E Rules. A

3 Prepare the schedule of materials only for providing OH service


connection to a residential building with 1 KW lighting and 2.5 U
10 2 2,10
KW heating load. The supplier pole is 10 m away from the
U
building.
CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application/Analyze, PO: Program Outcomes

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 16


THE QUESTIONS SHALL BE FRAMED AS PER THE WEIGHTAGE GIVEN
BELOW.

Unit Marks
Unit Hours
No
1 Introduction 05 10
2 Service Mains 10 20
3 Lighting Installations 12 25
4 Power Installations 08 15
5 Distribution lines and Transformer
10 20
centre
6 Transmission lines and substations 07 10

Total 52 100

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 17


Model QUESTION Paper BANK:

Course Title: ELECTRICAL ESTIMATION AND COSTING Course Code: 15EE63T

5 Marks Questions
CO1- Summarize the importance of estimation, specification and earthing.
CO2- Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications and estimates for service
mains.
CO3- Draw the wiring plan for residential buildings, Prepare the schedule of
materials with specifications and estimates for lighting Installations.
CO4- Draw the layout of machines with wiring plan for workshops. Prepare the
schedule of materials with specifications and estimates for power insulation.
CO5- Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications for Distribution lines and
estimates for transformer centre.
CO6- Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications for transmission lines and
substations.

Cognitive level: REMEMBERING (UNIT-1 TO UNIT-6)


1) Define estimation. List the factors to be considered while estimating.
2) List the qualities of a good estimator.
3) List the importance of estimation.
4) Define specification. List the factors to be considered.
5) Mention the importance of specification.
6) Define standardization. List the advantages.
7) Define earthing?. List the points that need to be earthed.
8) Draw a neat diagram of pipe earthing and label the parts.
9) Draw a neat diagram of plate earthing and label the parts.
10) List the specification of pipe earthing
11) List the specifications of plate earthing.
12) List the factors on which earth resistance depends.
13) List the methods of reducing earth resistance.
14) Define service mains. List their types.
15) List the code of practice for service mains.
16) List the specification of conductor used in OH service main
17) List the specification of UG cable used in UG service main.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 18


18) Draw a neat diagram of OH service main and label the parts.
19) Draw a neat diagram of UG service main and label the parts.
20) List the specifications of energy meter board.
21) List the specifications of fuse used service mains.
22) List the specification of MCB used in service mains.
23) List the code of practice for lighting installation.
24) List the types of interior wiring and their applications.
25) Point out the factors to be considered while selecting the type of wiring system.
26) List the specification for main switch used in power installations.
27) List the code of practice for power installation.
28) List the specifications of capacitor bank for 10HP power installation.
29) List the specifications of main control panel used in power installation.
30) List the specification of ELCB used in power installations.
31) List the code of practice of distribution lines.
32) List the specifications of a distribution transformer.
33) List the specifications of poles used in distribution lines.
34) List the specifications of GOS used in transformer centre.
35) List the specifications of lightening arrestor used in transformer centre.
36) List the specifications of the insulators used in distribution system.
37) List the specifications of conductors used in distribution lines.
38) Decide the rating of distribution transformer to supply a factory with 40HP load.
39) List the code of practice for transmission lines.
40) List the specifications of tower used in transmission lines.
41) List the specifications of power conductors used in transmission lines.
42) List the specifications of insulators used in transmission lines.
43) List the specifications of lightening arrestor used in 66KV /11 KV substations.
44) List the specifications of power transformer used in 66KV /11 KV substations.
45) List the specifications of the circuit breaker used in 66KV /11 KV substations.
46) List the specifications of CT used in 66KV /11 KV substations.
47) List the specifications of PT used in 66KV /11 KV substations.
48) List the specifications of DC supply and batteries used in 66KV/11KV substations.
49) List the specifications of a relay used in 66KV/11KV substations.
50) List the specifications of lightening arrestor used in 66KV/11KV substations.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 19


CO1- Summarize the importance of estimation, specification and earthing.

Unit-1- Cognitive level: Understanding/Analyse


10 marks question on Introduction

1. Draw neat diagram of pipe earthing and label the parts with specifications. 10
2. Draw neat diagram of plate earthing and label the parts with specifications. 10
3. List the specifications of a) pipe earthing and b) plate earthing. 10

Cognitive level: Understanding/Analyse

10 Marks Question on Service Mains

1. List the materials used in over head service mains with specifications. 10
2. List the materials used in UG service mains with specifications. 10

CO2- Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications and estimates for
service mains.
Unit-2- Cognitive level: Understanding/Analyse

20 Marks Question on Service Mains

1. Prepare the schedule of materials for providing OH service connection to a residential


building with 1 KW lighting and 2.5 KW heating load .The supplier pole is 10 m
away. Prepare the estimate of cost for the above. 20

2. Prepare the schedule of materials for providing UG service connection to a residential


building with 1 KW lighting and 2.5 KW heating load .The supplier pole is 10 m
away. Prepare the estimate of cost for the above. 20

CO3- Draw the wiring plan for residential buildings, Prepare the schedule of
materials with specifications and estimates for lighting Installations.

Unit-3- Cognitive level: Understanding/Analyse

25 Marks question for Lighting installation (example)

3. The sketch given below shows the plan of a residential building which has to be
wired up as an AEH installation. (Plan to be given)
a) Draw the wiring plan for AEH. 05
b) Propose the load requirements for lighting. 05
c) Prepare the schedule of materials for the above lighting circuit. 08

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 20


d) Prepare the estimate the cost for the above lighting circuit. 07
Use concealed conduit system of wiring.

CO4- Draw the layout of machines with wiring plan for workshops. Prepare the
schedule of materials with specifications and estimates for power insulation.

Unit-4- Cognitive level: Understanding/Analyse

15 Marks question for power installation.

1. Draw the wiring plan for the given workshop and Prepare the schedule of
materials with specification.(Layout to be given with HP ratings ) 15

2. A 5 HP irrigation pump set is to be installed at the centre of a pump house of size


5 m x 5m. Assume the ceiling height as 3.5m . Draw the layout of pump house
and wiring plan for power circuit (only). Prepare the schedule of materials with
specifications. 15

CO5- Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications for Distribution lines
and estimates for transformer centre.

Unit-5- Cognitive level: Understanding/Analyse

20 Marks question on Distribution lines and Transformer centre.

1. Prepare the schedule of materials and estimate the cost for erection of a 100 KVA
transformer centre. 20

2. Prepare the schedule of materials (only) required for running a 10 KM long 11


KV HT distribution line for rural electrification. Assume average span as 80m.
20

3. The accompanying TOPO sheet shows the 15 KM route of a proposed 11 KV rural


feeder providing terminal structures and rural guards. Prepare the schedule of
materials with specifications for a) Terminal structure and b) Extension of 11 KV
line. Assume average span as 80m. 20

4. Prepare the schedule of materials required for running a 10 KM long 415V LT


distribution line. Assume span as 50m. 20

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 21


CO6- Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications for transmission lines
and substations.

Unit-6 - Cognitive level: Understanding/Analyse

10 marks questions on transmission lines and substations

1. Prepare the schedule of materials (only) required for running a 80 KM long


66 KV single circuit transmission line. Assume average span as 300m. 10

2. Prepare the schedule of materials (only) required for running a100 KM long
110 KV single circuit transmission line. Assume average span as 300m. 10

3. Prepare the schedule of materials (only) required for running a 120KM long
220 KV single circuit transmission line. Assume average span as 300m.10

4. Draw the single line diagram of 66/11 KV, 5 MVA substation and label it. 10

5. Prepare the schedule of materials for a 5 MVA 66/11 KV substation with


specifications. 10

***********************************

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 22


Model Question Paper

V SEMESTER Code:15EE54T
ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
ELECTRICAL ESTIMATION AND COSTING

Note: Answer all the questions.

1. a) Define estimation. List the factors to be considered. 5


b) Define standardisation. List the advantages of standardisation. 5

2. Prepare the schedule of materials and estimate their cost for providing OH service
connection to a residential building with 1 KW lighting and 2.5 KW heating load. The
supplier pole is 10 m away from the building. 20

3. The sketch given below shows the plan of a residential building which has to be wired
up as an AEH installation. (plan to be given)
a) Draw the wiring plan for AEH. 05
b) Propose the load requirements for lighting. 05
c) Prepare the schedule of materials for lighting circuit. 08
d) Prepare the estimate the cost for the above lighting circuit. 07
Use concealed conduit system of wiring.

4. Draw the wiring plan for the given workshop (plan to be given) and prepare the
schedule of materials with specifications for providing power circuit wiring. 15

5. Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications and estimate the cost for erection
of a 100 KVA transformer centre.
OR
Prepare the schedule of materials with specifications for tapping and extending a
11 KV rural feeder for a distance of 7 KM. Assume span as 80m. 20

6. Prepare the schedule of materials (only) required for running a80 KM long 66 KV
single circuit transmission line. Assume average span as 300 m.
OR
List any five electrical equipments used in 66KV/11KV substation with
specifications. 10

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 23


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title :POWER ELECTRONICS LAB Course Code : 15EE55P


Semester :V Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 (in Hours) Credits : 3 Credits
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks
Programme: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGG.

Pre-requisites : Basic knowledge Analog electronics and Digital Electronics

Course Objectives : To provide practical knowledge of power semiconductor devices and their
applications

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the Course, the student will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the characteristics of power semiconductor devices.
2. Design firing circuit for Thyristors
3. Analyse the operation of converters.
4. Develop power semiconductor circuits to electrical power system
5. Construct power semiconductor circuits for industrial applications
6. Analyse power semiconductor circuits for domestic applications

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 1


List of Graded Experiments:

1. Design and conduct an experiment to plot the V –I characteristics of DIAC. 3 hrs


2. Design and conduct an experiment to plot the forward biased V –I characteristics of
SCR for different gate currents. 6 hrs
3. Design and conduct an experiment to plot the V–I characteristics TRIAC in
preferred turn on modes 6 hrs
4. Construct R firing circuit and determine the maximum firing angle. 3 hrs
5. Construct R – C firing circuit and determine the maximum firing angle. 3 hrs
6. Construct and test UJT Relaxation oscillator 3 hrs
7. Construct UJT firing circuit and determine the range of firing angle 3 hrs
8. Construct a firing circuit using UJT and pulse transformer and trigger the SCR. 3 hrs
9. Construct a single phase half controlled bridge converter for resistive load/DC motor.
Trace the waveforms across SCR and load. 6 hrs
10. Construct single phase full controlled bridge converter for resistive load. Trace the
waveforms across SCR and load. 6 hrs
11. Construct and test a Triac- fan motor speed control circuit 3 hrs
12. Construct twilight relay using LDR and TRIAC 3 hrs
13. Construct time delay relay using SCR and UJT. 3 hrs
14. Construct and test a SCR battery charger circuit. 6 hrs
15. Construct a simple circuit to use optocoupler as an SSR 3 hrs
16. Construct AC static switch using SCR and observe the wave forms 3 hrs

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 2


Reference Books:
1) Industrial Electronics and control by Dr S Chatterji
2) 24 SCR Projects – BPB Publications
3) SCR Manual – GEC
4) Industrial Electronics Test Lab Manual – Paul B Zbar

e-Resources:
www.electricalengineeringinfo.com/2014/06/silicon...

www.radio-electronics.com/info/circuits/scr-silicon.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 3


Composition of Educational Components:

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:

Sl.
Educational Component Weightage (%)
No.
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 20
3 Application/ Analysis 60
Total 100

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 4


Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:
(Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level)

Experiment PO Cognitive Lab


Course Outcome
linked Mapped Level Sessions
Demonstrate the

CO1 characteristics of power 1, 2, 3 2 R/U 15


semiconductor devices .
Design firing circuit for
CO2 Thyristors 4,5,6,7,8 2,3,410 U/A 15

Analyse the operation of


CO3 converters 9,10 2,3,4,10 U/A 12

Develop power

CO4 semiconductor circuits to 16 2,3,5,10 U/A 3


electrical power system
Construct power

CO5 semiconductor circuits for 11,12,13 2,3,5,10 U/A 9


industrial applications
Analyse power

CO6 semiconductor circuits for 14,15 2,3,10 U/A 9


domestic applications
U-Understanding; A-application/ Analysis; App-Application

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 5


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Power
Electronics Lab
- 3 3 3 1 - - 3

LEVEL 3- HIGHLY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 2-MODERATELY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 1-LOW ADDRESSED.


METHOD IS TO RELATE THE LEVEL OF PO WITH THE NUMBER OF HOURS DEVOTED TO THE COS WHICH ADDRESS THE GIVEN PO.
IF >40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 3
IF 25 TO 40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 2
IF 5 TO 25% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 6


Course Delivery:
The laboratory Course will be delivered through Tutorial, laboratory interaction, practical
exercises, instructions, assignments and viva voice.

Tutorial - 1Hr:

Staff-in-charge will;
1. Explain the concept and working of experiment to be conducted.
2. Impart/ discuss required selection of ICs/ components/ devices/ meters /equipment /
suitable accessories for the experiment to be conducted.
3. Ask students to draw the circuit diagram, tabular column ,typical Graphs and
waveforms
4. Give clear instructions about safety precautions to be followed while conducting the
experiment.

Conduction/ Execution- 2 Hr:

Student will rig up the circuit diagram on bread board and conduct experiment
individually under the supervision of the staff-in-charge.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 7


Course Assessment and Evaluation:

To Evidence Course
What Frequency Practical
Whom Collected Outcomes
Two IA tests for
(Continuous Internal Evaluation)

IA Practical (Average 10 Blue Books 1 to 6


Tests marks of both the
tests)
Record Writing
Direct Assessment Method

Students
Record (Average of Marks
CIE

10 Lab Record 1 to 6
Writing allotted for each
experiment.)
3 pages
Student Activity 05 1 to 6
Report

TOTAL 25
(Semester End
Examination)

Students

End Answer
SEE

End of the Course 50 1 to 6


Exam Scripts

Student Feedback Middle of The


Assessment

Feed Back Forms 1 to 6


Students
Indirect

Method

on course Course
End of Course
End of The Course Questionnaire 1 to 6
Survey
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note:

1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 8


Suggested Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages report):
1 Study data sheet of various power semiconductor devices
2 Identify various power electronic components and method of testing
3 Construct a digital firing circuit for converters
4 Disassembling and assembling , identify the circuits in UPS
5 Disassembling and assembling , identify the circuits of a relay type stabilizer
6 Disassemble, identify the circuits and assemble servo –controlled stabilizer
7 Determine the rating of UPS according to customer requirement
8 Construct temperature controller using triac
9 Study of single phase PWM inverter.
10 Study of BLDC motor
11 Study of Buck-boost converters

MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY ( Course Coordinator)

Dimen Scale Students score


sion (Group of five
students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary

1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 3

2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 2

3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 5

4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 4

Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate 14/4


rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks =3.5
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE students ≈4

Grand Average/Total

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 9


Example only: MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY-
Task given- Industrial visit and report writing
Dimensi Scale Students score
on (Five students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 345
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
1.Organi Has not Has Has Has Has 3
sation included included included included included all
relevant info few relev some relev many relev relevant
ant info ant info ant info info needed
2. Fulfill Does not Performs Performs Performs Performs 2
team’s perform any very little partial nearly all all duties of
roles & duties duties duties duties assigned
duties assigned team roles

3.Conclu Poor Less Partially Summarise Most 5


sion Effective effective s but not Effective
exact.
4.Conve Frequent More Some Occasional No Error 4
nsions Error Error Error Error
Total marks 14/4=3.5
≈4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 10


Scheme of Valuation for SEE (Semester End Examination):

Sl.
Particulars Marks
No.
Writing Circuit diagram and Procedure
1. 10

2. Circuit connection 10

3. Conduction 10

4. Results 10

5. Viva-Voce 10

Total 50

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 11


Model Question Bank:

Course Title: POWER ELECTRONICS LAB Course Code: 15EE55P

1. Design and conduct an experiment to plot the V –I characteristics of DIAC


2. Design and conduct an experiment to plot the V –I characteristics forward biased
SCR for different gate currents.
3. Design and conduct an experiment to plot the V –I characteristics TRIAC in
preferred turn on modes
4. Construct R firing circuit and determine the maximum firing angle.
5. Construct R –C firing circuit and determine the maximum firing angle
6. Construct and test UJT Relaxation oscillator
7. Construct UJT firing circuit and determine the range of firing angle
8. Construct a firing circuit using UJT and pulse transformer and trigger the SCR
9. Construct single phase half controlled bridge converter for resistive load. Trace the
waveforms across SCR and load.
10. Construct single phase full controlled bridge converter for resistive load. Trace the
waveforms across SCR and load.
11. Construct and test a Triac - fan motor speed control circuit.
12. Construct twilight relay using LDR and TRIAC .
13. Construct time delay relay using SCR and UJT.
14. Construct and test a SCR battery charger circuit.
15. Construct a simple circuit to use optocoupler as an SSR.
16. Construct ac static switch using SCR and observe the wave forms.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 12


POWER ELECTRONICS Lab Equipments Requirement:

Students Intake : 60
Students per Batch : 20

Quantity
Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Specification
Required
1. DC Regulated power supply ( 0-300V, 2A) 10

2. DC Regulated Dual power supply (0-30V,2A) 10

3. Cathode Ray Oscilloscope- Dual trace, 25 MHz. 10

4. Digital Multimeter- 31 /2” 20

5. Table fan 230V , 60 w 20

6. Battery 6 V/12 V 60 AH 20

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE55P Page 13


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru.

Course Title: PROTECTIVE RELAYS AND SERVICING LAB Course Code:15EE56P


Semester :V Course Group: Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 (in Hours) Credits : 3 Credits
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks
Programme: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING.

Pre-requisites : Knowledge about - Elements of Electrical Engineering ,Electrical Circuits,


Electrical Wiring , Electrical Appliances and Protective Devices.
Course Objectives : To Develop Technical Skills in the students to :
a) Identify, Select and Test various Relays and Protective Devices.
b) Trouble shoot faults in Electrical Appliances and suggest suitable remedies.

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the Course, the student will be able to:

a) Test the operation of various protective devices and relays.


b) Trace the operating characteristics of different types of relays.
c) Identify the faults in domestic appliances and suggest suitable remedies.
d) Install and test- UPS system, commercial water level controller and interpret control
panel wirings per drawings.

LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES:

PART A

PROTECTIVE DEVICES AND RELAYS

SLNo. 09
STUDY EXPERIMENTS
Hours
01 SI symbols for most commonly used Electrical protective devices and their
ANSI Codes. Identify different types of LV Fuses- Rewirable, Cartridge, HRC
fuse, Switch Fuse Unit (SFU) and their applications. Note down the
specifications. Identify different types of LV circuit breakers and their 03
applications- MCB, MCCB, ELCB, RCCB and MPCB. Note down the
specifications. Identify the class of MCB - B ,C, D and Z classes and their
applications.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1


Identify and study power contactors and auxiliary contactors. Note down the
02 03
specifications. Identify and Study- Spike busters and Domestic range Electronic
Voltage Stabilizer. Note down the specifications.

Identify Time Multiplier Setting (TMS) and Plug Multiplier Setting (PMS)
devices in Electro-mechanical relays. Note down the specifications of the
03 Electro-mechanical Relay. Identify DIP switch settings and jumper settings in
static relays (Microprocessor/microcontroller based relays) for setting Fault
Voltage Level / Fault Current Level and Time Multiplier Settings as per 03
supplier’s user manual. Note down the specifications of the Static Relay.
Understand time setting and current setting procedure in Numerical relays /
Digital relays. Note down the specifications of the Relay. Identify CBCT and
its applications. Identify lockout relay. Understand the meaning of 1.3 Sec and
3 Sec relays.

30
CONDUCTING EXPERIMENTS
Hours
04 Plot the operating characteristics of (a) Fuse. (b) MCB
03
05 Test the operation of a digital or static type Earth leakage relay with CBCT
(Adjust mA sensitivity and trip time using DIP switches). 06

06 Plot the operating characteristics of ANY ONE of the following electro-


mechanical IDMT relays.
a) Over voltage relay b) Under voltage relay. 06
c) Over current and d) Earth Fault Relay.

07 Plot the operating characteristics of ANY ONE of the following:


microprocessor / microcontroller based Over or Under voltage relay for
06
Normal inverse time setting and Definite time setting.

08 Program , Test and Plot the operating characteristics of ANY ONE of the
following numerical / digital relays:
06
a) Over Voltage and Under Voltage Relay.
b) Over Current Relay.
09
Conduct Break Down Voltage Test on transformer oil ( dielectric strength test) 03

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2


PART B
TROUBLE SHOOTING AND SERVICING
SLNo. 39
LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES
Hours
10 Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for :
Fluorescent lamp fitting, High pressure mercury vapour lamp and High pressure
06
sodium vapour lamp sets.

11 Dismantle, Identify the parts and assemble:- Electric iron box


(non automatic and automatic) .Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for
the above. Note down name plate details. 03

12
Dismantle, Identify the parts and assemble:- Table fan and Ceiling fan
Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for the above. 03
Note down name plate details.
13 Dismantle, Identify the parts and assemble :- food mixer
Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for the above.
03
Note down name plate details.

14
Dismantle, Identify the parts and assemble :- Electric Geyser and Electric Stove.
Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for the above. 03
Note down name plate details.
15 Dismantle, Identify the parts and assemble:- Induction heater.
Note down name plate details. 03

16 Dismantle, Identify the parts and assemble :- semi automatic washing machine
Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for the above.
Note down name plate details. 03

17
Install and test the UPS with Batteries.
Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies. 03
Note down name plate details.
18 Panel wiring practice: - Wire up ANY ONE of the following as per standard
practice.
a) DOL or starter/star delta starter.
b) Small control panel consisting of Isolator, MCB, voltmeter, Ammeter 06
with CT, Indicators etc..
c) Small Distribution panel wiring and cable crimping.

19 Automatic water level controller (commercial type): - Identify the external


connections, wire-up the level sensors and test the operation of electronic water
level controller. 06
Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for the water level controller.

78

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3


Reference Books:

01. Electrical trade theory and trade practice (all volumes) – NIMMI
02. Principles of Power Systems by V K Mehtha –S. Chand and Company Ltd.
03. Electrical shop practice by Anwani -Danapatrai and sons
04. Electrical appliances – by Anwani- Danapatrai and sons
05. User Manuals of respective equipments.

e-Resource

http://www.electrical4u.com/low-voltage-switchgear

http://electrical-engineering-portal.com

http://myelectrical.com

http://www.nvistech.com/tutorials - Look for Electrical Portions.

Composition of Educational Components:


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:

Sl.
Educational Component Weightage (%)
No.
1 Remembering 20

2 Understanding 40

3 Application/ Analysis 30

4 Create 10

Total 100

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4


Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

(Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level)

Experiment PO Cognitive Lab


linked Mapped Level Sessions
Test the operation of
various protective 7,10,11,12,13,14,15 2, 3, 8, 9, 10 R/A/C 21
CO1
devices

Trace the operating


characteristics of 6,8,9,16 2, 3, 8, 9, 10 A/U 12
CO2
different types relays

Identify the faults in


domestic appliance and 2, 3,4, 8, 9,
17,18,19,20,21,22,23 R/U/A/E/C 21
CO3 suggest suitable 10
remedies.

Design, install and test


UPS system, commercial
water level controller 24,25,26
and interpret control 2, 3,4, 8, 9, U/A/C
CO4 9
panel wiring drawings. 10

U-Understanding; A-application/ Analysis; App-Application

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PROTECTIVE
RELAYS AND
0 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 3
SERVICING
LAB

LEVEL 3- HIGHLY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 2-MODERATELY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 1-LOW ADDRESSED.

METHOD IS TO RELATE THE LEVEL OF PO WITH THE NUMBER OF HOURS DEVOTED TO THE COS WHICH ADDRESS THE GIVEN PO.

IF >40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 3

IF 25 TO 40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 2

IF 5 TO 25% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 1

If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Course Delivery:

The laboratory Course will be delivered through Tutorial, laboratory interaction, group
discussion, practical exercises, instructions, assignments and viva voice.

Tutorial - 1Hr:

The course co-ordinator will:

1. Explain the concept of the experiment to be conducted.


2. Ask the students to analyse circuit diagram and tabular column.
3. Guide the students to select appropriate components/ devices/ meters /equipments/
suitable accessories for the experiment to be conducted.
4. Give clear instructions about safety precautions to be followed while conductingthe
experiments.

Conduction/ Execution- 2 Hr:

Student group (2 to 3) will rig up the circuits and conduct the experiment individually
under the supervision of the course co-ordinator.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6


Course Assessment and Evaluation:

To Evidence Course
What Frequency Practical
Whom Collected Outcomes
Two IA tests for
IA Practical (Average 10 Blue Books 1 to 4
Tests marks of both the
tests)
Record Writing
Record
(Average of Marks 10 Lab Record 1 to 4
Writing
allotted for each
experiment.)
3 pages
Student Activity 05 1 to 4
Report
TOTAL 25

End Answer
End of the Course 50 1 to 4
Exam Scripts

Student Feedback Middle of The


Feed Back Forms 1 to 2
on course Course
End of Course
End of The Course Questionnaire 1 to 4
Survey

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note:

1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7


Suggested Student Activities:

ANY ONE to be submitted with 3 pages report:

THE FOLLOWING EXERCISES OR SIMILAR EXERCISES MAY BE


DISTRIBUTED AMONG THE STUDENT GROUPS (3 STUDENTS/GROUP).

CONDUCTABLE EXPERIMENTS

1. Test the operation of an single phase ELCB.


2. Test the given Thermal OLR (used in DOL starter).
3. Test the given Phase failure relay/single phase preventer.
4. Test the given domestic range electronic voltage stabilizer.
5. Test the given MPCB (motor protection circuit breaker).
6. Conduct Ratio test and Polarity tests on CT and PT.
7. Conduct accuracy test on CT and PT
8. Conduct Burden test on CT and PT
9. Conduct Continuity test, Insulation resistance test and Secondary resistance test on
CT and PT.
10. Connect and test any one type of mini Motor Protection Relay.
11. Design, construct and test an open coil stove of 1 KW to operate on 230V 50 Hz
AC supply.
12. Design and construct a small transformer ( 15 VA, 230 V/ 12 V).

OR

STUDY EXPERIMENTS

13. Study any one control circuit drawing related to protective scheme and understand the
significance of ANSI Codes.
14. Study the construction and working principle of MCCB and MPCB (Motor Protection
Circuit Breaker.)
15. Study the construction, working principle and applications of Core Balance Current
Transformer (CBCT).
16. Construction , operation and applications of lockout relay
17. Study the construction and working principle of ACB and VCB used in industries.
18. Study the Switch gear and protections in distribution transformer centre, HT and LT
line/ feeders.
19. Study the LV control panels of a Apartment/Hotel / Hospital/ factory / commercial
buildings. Draw SLD of Power distribution and protections.
20. Identify switch gear and protection schemes in substations.
21. Method of conducting Ratio test and polarity test on CT and PT at project sites.
22. Study the construction, working, installation and testing of a submersible pump.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8


Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 9
Scheme of Valuation for SEE(Semester End Examination):

Note: The SEE Question paper should be set in such a way


that Questions in the Question paper should have equal
nos. of Questions from Part A and Part B.
Sl.
Particulars Marks
No.

Circuit diagram and procedure.


1. 15

Conduction /Execution
2. 20

3. Results 05

4. Viva-voce 10

Total Marks 50

Model Question Bank:

Course Title: PROTECTIVE RELAYS AND SERVICING LAB Course Code: 15EE56P

PART A

1. Plot the operating characteristics of Fuse.


2. Plot the operating characteristics of single pole MCB
3. Test the operation of the given Earth leakage relay.
4. Plot the operating characteristics of Electro-Mechanical type Over voltage relay.
5. Plot the operating characteristics of Electro-Mechanical type under voltage relay.
6. Plot the operating characteristics of Electro-Mechanical type Over current Relay
7. Plot the operating characteristics of Electro-Mechanical type Earth Fault Relay.
8. Plot the operating characteristics of microprocessor / microcontroller based Over
or Under voltage relay for Normal inverse time setting.
9. Plot the operating characteristics of static relay (microprocessor / microcontroller
based Over or Under voltage relay)for Definite time setting.
10. Plot the operating characteristics of Over Voltage and Under Voltage numerical /
digital relay.
11. Plot the operating characteristics of numerical/digital type Over Current Relay.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 10


12. Conduct Break down Voltage Test on transformer oil (dielectric strength test).

PART B

13. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for Fluorescent lamp fitting
14. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for High pressure mercury vapour
lamp
15. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for High pressure sodium vapour
lamp set
16. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for Electric iron box (non automatic
and automatic)
17. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for Table fan
18. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for Ceiling fan
19. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for food mixer.
20. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for Electric Geyser.
21. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for Electric Stove
22. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for Induction heater.
23. Trouble shoot and suggest suitable remedies for semi automatic washing machine.
24. Install and test UPS with batteries.
25. Wire up the panel board control wiring as per standard practice for DOL starter or
star- delta starter.
26. Wire up the panel board control wiring as per standard practice for Small control
panel consisting of Isolator, MCB, voltmeter, Ammeter with CT, Indicators etc..
27. Test the given commercial automatic water level controller.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 11


List of Equipments:

Students Intake : 60

Students per Batch : 20

PART A

Note: The experiments may be conducted either by using trainer kits or by using
discrete components or by combinations of both depending upon the resources available
in the respective institutions. Please refer the example lab manual for further details.

LIST OF DISCRETE COMPONENTS.

Sl. Quantity
Name of Equipment and Specification
No. Required
1 Single phase Auto transformer , 0-270 Volts , 4 A. 06 Nos.

2 Transformer - 240V/500V ( for voltage injection purpose) 04 Nos

3 Transformer - 240V/24V, 20A (for current injection purpose) 04 Nos

02 Nos.
4 Rheostats 45ohms 8.5 A, 100 ohms 5 A, 300 ohms 2.5 A
each

Ammeter 0-5/10 /20A MI type or Digital Ammeter- Single Ph 0-


5 05 Nos.
20A, suitable for 1A CT secondary.

6 Milli Ammeter 0-100 mA ( required for earth leakage experiment) 02 Nos.

7 Voltmeter 0-300 V MI or Digital Voltmeter, Single Ph, 0-600V AC 06 N0s

06 Nos.
8 DPST and SPST knife switches or 2 pole, 3way, 6A selector switch
each

9 6 A ,220 V single pole MCB 06 nos.

10 6A ,220 V 30 mA single phase ELCB 02 Nos.

11 10 A or 16 A 415 V 30 mA or 100 mA ELR with 5 A/1A CBCT 02 sets.

05 Nos.
12 10A or 16 A or 32 A , 415 V 3 phase power contactor-any model.
each

10 A , 415 V 3 phase auxiliary contactor - any model with2 NO + 2 05 Nos.


13
NC. each

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 12


Sl. Quantity
Name of Equipment and Specification
No. Required
14 500 VA single phase domestic Electronic voltage stabilizer 02 Nos.

15 125 A 415V MCCB ( for study / identification experiment only) 01 No.

3 Phase 415 V MPCB (Motor Protection Circuit Breaker) of any


16 02 Nos.
low current rating ( for study / identification experiment only)

17 3 Phase 415 V Thermal Over Load Relay 0-4.5 or 0-6 A or 0-10 A 04 Nos.

Motor Protection Relay – any model suitable for 3 HP, 3 Ph


18 02 nos.
Induction Motor.

19 Digital multi-meter ( for general purpose) 02 Nos.

20 Digital clamp on meter ( for general purpose) 02 nos.

21 Digital Time Interval Meter 0-999 ms, 0-99.9 sec, 0-99.9 min 05 Nos
( *Digital stop watch may also be used as alternative)
22 Single phase preventer (phase failure relay) 02 Nos.

23 Different types of fuses (kit-kat fuse, cartridge fuse, glass fuse etc.) 02 Nos each
(For identification experiment)
24 Lock out relay with 2 NO and 2 NC ( any low rating model). 02 Nos.

LIST OF TRAINER KITS

Electro-mechanical Relay Trainer Kit or module with 4 mm banana


1 pin sockets and patch cords. (TYPE - Over Load Relay or Over 01 set
Voltage Relay or Under Voltage Relay or Earth Fault Relay – ANY
ONE)
Static Relay ( OLR or OVR or UVR or EFR – ANY ONE)
2 Trainer Kit or module with 4 mm banana pin sockets and patch 01 set
cords.
Numerical relay or Digital relay (OLR or OVR or UVR or EFR –
3 ANY ONE)-Trainer Kit or module with 4 mm banana pin sockets 01 set
and patch cords.
4 15A AUX. Current source / current injection kit suitable for the 03 Nos.
above trainer kits with 4 mm banana pin sockets and patch cords.
220 V AC /110 V DC AUX Voltage source / voltage injection kit
5 suitable for the above trainer kits with 4 mm banana pin sockets and 03 Nos.
patch cords.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 13


6 Fuse and MCB testing- trainer kit 02 Nos.

NOTE: The trainer kits may be of any one of the following types.

1. Relay with current / voltage injection source-complete set as a single unit.


OR
2. Separate relay module and separate current / voltage injection source.

*PLEASE REFER THE EXAMPLE MANUAL FOR BLOCK DIAGRAMS.

PART B

Quantity
Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Specification
Required
1 500 V Megger and multimeter ( tong tester) 04 Nos.Each

2 Series Test lamp 06 Nos.

Tool kit consisting of spanner set, screw driver, combination


3 04 set
plier hammer/mallet etc,

4 Fluorescent lamp fitting (electronic and non electronic) 10 Nos each

5 High pressure mercury vapour lamp 04 sets

6 High pressure sodium vapour lamp 04 sets

7 Electric Iron ( non automatic and automatic) 04 Nos.Each

8 Table fan 04 Nos.

9 Ceiling fan 04 Nos.

10 Geyser (small capacity) and immersion heater 02 Nos. Each

11 Electric stove ( three heat ) 02 nos.

12 Food mixer 04 Nos.

13 Domestic Induction heater (1500 w) 02 nos.

14 Semi automatic washing machine (small capacity) 02 Nos.

15 Single phase induction motor ( CSCR and CSIR types) 02 Nos.Each

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 14


Quantity
Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Specification
Required
Empty panel box with provision to fix various switch gears
and accessories like Isolator, MCB, voltmeter, Ammeter with
16 04 Nos.
CT, Indicators etc( for DOL starter or main control panel or
distribution panel)

17 Commercial Electronic Automatic water level controller 02 Nos.

18 2 KVA 220 V ,36 V or 48 V DC OFF line UPS with batteries 01 set

Note: Any other similar domestic appliances already available in


the laboratory may also be used.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 15


MODEL LAB MANUAL

STUDY EXPERIMENTS

SOME OF THE TYPES OF FUSES

PORCELAIN KIT KAT FUSEGLASS FUSE FUSE HOLDER

PVC KIT KAT FUSE

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 16


HRC FUSE (BOX TYPE) TUBULAR TYPE BOTTLE TYPE

HORN GAP FUSE DOLO FUSE

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 17


TYPE OF MCBs

SP MCB DP MCB TP MCB TPN MCB

MCCB MPCB

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 18


EARTH FAULT RELAY EARTH LEAKAGE CIRCUIT BREAKER

ELECTRO-MECHANICAL RELAY STATIC RELAY ( MICROPROCESSOR


BASED)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 19


NUMERICAL RELAYS

Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker or ELCB

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 20


If any current leaks from any electrical installation, there must-be any insulation failure in the
electrical circuit, it must be properly detected and prevented otherwise there may be a high
chance of electrical shock if-anyone touches the installation. An earth leakage circuit
breaker does it efficiently. Means it detects the earth leakage current and makes the power
supply off by opening the associated circuit breaker. There are two types of earth leakage
circuit breaker, one is voltage ELCB and other is current ELCB.

Voltage Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker

The working principle of voltage ELCB is quite simple. One terminal of the relay coil is
connected to the metal body of the equipment to be protected against earth leakage and other
terminal is connected to the earth directly. If any insulation failure occurs or live phase wire
touches the metal body, of the equipment, there must be a voltage difference appears across
the terminal of the coil connected to the equipment body and earth.

This voltage difference produces a current to flow the relay coil.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 21


If the voltage difference crosses, a predetermined limit, the current through the relay becomes
sufficient to actuate the relay for tripping the associated circuit breaker to disconnect the
power supply to the equipment. The typicality of this device is, it can detect and protect only
that equipment or installation with which it is attached. It cannot detect any leakage of
insulation in other installation of the system.

Current ELCB or RCCB or Residual Current Circuit Breaker

The working principle of current earth leakage circuit breaker or RCCB is also very
simple as voltage operated ELCB but the theory is entirely different and residual current
circuit breaker is more sensitive than ELCB. Actually, ELCBs are of two kinds, but it is
general practice to refer voltage based ELCB as simple ELCB. And current based ELCB is
referred as RCD or RCCB. Here one CT core is energized from both phase wise and neutral
wire.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 22


SINGLE PHASE RCCB OR CURRENT ELCB:

The polarity of the phase winding and neutral winding on the core is so chosen that, in
normal condition mmf of one winding opposes that of another. As it is assumed that, in
normal operating conditions the current goes through the phase wire will be returned via
neutral wire if there's no leakage in between. As both currents are same, the resultant mmf
produced by these two currents is also zero-ideally. The relay coil is connected with another
third winding wound on the CT core as secondary. The terminals of this winding are
connected to a relay system. In normal operating condition there would not be any current
circulating in the third winding as here is no flux in the core due to equal phase and neutral
current. When any earth leakage occurs in the equipment, there may be part of phase current
passes to the earth, through the leakage path instead of returning via mental wire. Hence the
magnitude of the neutral current passing through the RCCB is not equal to phase current
passing through it.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 23


THREE PHASE RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKER OR CURRENT
ELCB:

When this difference crosses a predetermined value, the current in the third secondary
winding of the core becomes sufficiently high to actuate the electromagnetic relay attached to
it.

This relay causes tripping of the associated circuit breaker to disconnect the power supply to
the equipment under protection. Residual current circuit breaker is sometimes also referred as
residual current device (RCD) when we consider the device by disassociating the circuit
breaker attached to RCCB. That means, the entire parts of RCCB except circuit breaker are
referred as RCD.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN EARTH LEAKAGE RELAY AND ELCB:

According to IEC 60947-2, Annex B,earth fault current is the current flowing to earth
due to insulation fault and Earth leakage current is the current flowing from the live parts of
the installation to earth in the absence of an insulation fault. Earth Leakage Circuit breaker
(ELCB or RCCB) has integral current breaking device. It detects as well as protects

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 24


the system by opening the protected circuit when the residual current exceeds the set
value.

ELR is a relay that send a signal to the shunt coil of a circuit breaker (MCCB or
ACB) whenever the leakage current exceeds the set level.

DIFFERENT BETWEEN MCB AND MCCB.

MCB

∑ These are thermal / thermo-magnetic devices

∑ Provides protection against over currents and short circuits.

∑ Available up to 100A and have a maximum short circuit capacity of 25kA.

∑ Commonly used in lighting circuits.

∑ Trip level cannot be varied.

MCCB

∑ May be Thermal/ Thermo-Magnetic/ Electronic trip type

∑ Primarily provide protection against over-current and short circuit.

∑ Can provide protection against Earth Fault, Residual Currents, Under voltage etc

∑ Available up to the rating of2500A.

∑ Trip level can be varied in adjustable trip type MCCBs.

∑ Remote ON/OFF is possible with additional accessories

∑ Commonly used is loads over 100A and motor protection circuits.

∑ Some MCCBs are microcontroller based.

∑ Available in single, two, three and four pole versions.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 25


DIFFERENCE BETWEEN MPCB AND MCCB

Motor Protection Circuit Breaker Moulded Case Circuit Breakers

MPCBs are used to manually turn on and MCCBs are used in power distribution and
off electric motors and at the same time protect Low voltage distribution circuits as
protect them from different types of faults well as motor loads.
occurring in motors

MPCBs can protect motors against MCCBs can protect motors against overload
overload, short circuits, phase loss and and short circuits. MCCBs can also provide
under-voltage faults. under-voltages, earth faults and phase
failure faults but these features are made
available with additional accessories.

MPCBs are specially designed for motor MCCBs are used for general purpose circuit
protection. protection.

Maximum load current can be set based on Overload, short circuit and trip delay time
the full load current of motor. can be set based on the application.

MPCBs are selected based on the full load MCCBs are selected based on the maximum
current of motors and maximum possible load current and maximum short circuit
short circuit current. current it must interrupt safely.

MPCBs can withstand the starting currents When an MCCB is used as backup
without interrupting the circuit. protection for a motor, it may interrupt the
circuit if it is selected based on its full load
current. So while selecting backup MCCB
for motor it must be selected based on
starting current of the motor.

MPCBs have adjustable bimetallic strip for Overcurrent value of MCCBs can be
overload protection. This strip can be adjusted from 40% to 100% of its rated
adjusted between two set values. value.

Overload relay is not required for motor Overload relay is required.


circuits with MPCB backup.

MPCBs can protect motor against overload MCCBs, when used in motor protection
and short circuit. circuits can protect against short circuits
only. Hence additional overload relay and
contactor is required.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 26


Motor can be directly turned ON and OFF Contactor is a must in these cases.
manually using a MPCB. Contactor is
optional.

Some MPCBs come with an auto resetting This feature is not available in MCCBs
feature which allows motors to resume its
operation after a short period from the
occurrence of overload trip.

STANDARD SIZE OF MCB / MCCB / ELCB / SFU / FUSE

MCB Up to 63 Amp (80Amp and 100 Amp as per Request)

MCCB Up to 1600 Amp (2000 Amp as per Request)

ACB Above 1000 Amp

Sen. of ELCB 30mA (Domestic),100 mA (Industrial),300mA

TPN Fuse Unit ( Rewire-able ) 16A,32A,63A,100A,200A

Change over switch ( Off Load ) 32A,63A,100A,200A,300A,400A,630A,800A

SFU ( Switch Fuse Unit ) 32A,63A,100A,125A,160A,200A,250A,315A,400A,630A

HRC Fuse TPN ( Bakelite ) 125A,160A,200A,250A,400A, 630A

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 27


TESTING OF CT AND PT

Installation of protective relays at project sites has a number of possibilities for errors while
implementation of the scheme due to incorrect connection of CT/PTs. The impact of such
errors may result in unwanted tripping or failure to trip under fault conditions, leading to
major equipment damage, disruption to supplies and potential hazards to personnel.

Commissioning tests at site are therefore invariably performed before protection equipment
is set to work. The aims of commissioning tests are:

1. To ensure that the equipment has not been damaged during transit or installation
2. To ensure that the installation work has been carried out correctly
3. To prove the correct functioning of the protection scheme as a whole

Instruments transformers (CT and PT) are devices through which current and voltage are
sensed for operating the relays.

The following are some of the important tests conducted on CTs and PTs

Continuity test.

Ratio test

Polarity test

Insulation resistance test

Secondary resistance test

Accuracy test.

Burden test.

Burden test is to ensure that the connected burden to CT is within the rated burden as per the
name plate details.

Inject the rated secondary current of the CT, from CT terminals towards load side by isolating
the CT secondary with all connected load and observe the voltage drop across the injection
points. The burden VA can be calculated as

Burden VA = Voltage drop x rated CT sec. Current.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 28


Limits:

The calculated burden should be less than rated CT burden.

The ammeter connected to the secondary of the current transformer should be a robust
moving coil, permanent magnet, centre-zero type. A low voltage battery is used, via a single-
pole push-button switch, to energize the primary winding. On closing the push-button, the
DC ammeter, A, should give a positive flick and on opening, a negative flick.

The voltage transformer polarity can be checked using the method for CT polarity tests.
Care must be taken to connect the battery supply to the primary winding, with the polarity
ammeter connected to the secondary winding.

ANSI CODE FOR SWITCH GEAR AND PROTECTION DEVICES.

1 – Master Element
2 – Time delay Starting or Closing Relay
3 – Checking or Interlocking Relay
4 – Master Contactor
5 – Stopping
6 – Starting Circuit Breaker
7 – Rate of Change Relay
8 – Control Power Disconnecting Device
9 – Reversing Device
10 – Unit Sequence Switch
11 – Multi-function Device
12 – Overspeed Device
13 – Synchronous-speed Device
14 – Underspeed Device

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 29


15 – Speed – or Frequency, Matching Device
16 – Data Communications Device
17 – Shunting or Discharge Switch
18 – Accelerating or Decelerating Device
19 – Starting to Running Transition Contractor
20 – Electrically Operated Valve
21 – Distance Relay
22 – Equalizer Circuit Breaker
23 – Temperature Control Device
24 – Volts Per Hertz Relay
25 – Synchronizing or Synchronize-Check Device
26 – Apparatus Thermal Device
27 – Under voltage Relay
27s- DC under voltage Relay
28 – Flame detector
29 – Isolating Contactor or Switch
30 – Annunciator Relay
31 – Separate Excitation
32 – Directional Power Relay or Reverse Power Relay
33 – Position Switch
34 – Master Sequence Device
35 – Brush-Operating or Slip-Ring Short-Circuiting Device
36 – Polarity or Polarizing Voltage Devices
37 – Undercurrent or Under power Relay
38 – Bearing Protective Device
39 – Mechanical Condition Monitor
40 – Field (over/under excitation) Relay
41 – Field Circuit Breaker
42 – Running Circuit Breaker
43 – Manual Transfer or Selector Device
44 – Unit Sequence Starting Relay
45 –DC over voltage Relay
46 – Reverse-phase or Phase-Balance Current Relay
47 – Phase-Sequence or Phase-Balance Voltage Relay
48 – Incomplete Sequence Relay
49 – Machine or Transformer, Thermal Relay-OLR
50 – Instantaneous Over current Relay
50G - Instantaneous Earth Over Current Relay (Neutral CT Method)
50N - Instantaneous Earth Over Current Relay (Residual Method)
50BF - Breaker failure
51 – AC Inverse Time Over current Relay
51G- AC Inverse Time Earth Over current Relay (Neutral CT Method)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 30


51N- AC Inverse Time Earth Over current Relay (Residual Method)
52 – AC Circuit Breaker
52a- AC Circuit Breaker Position (Contact Open when Breaker Open)
52b- AC Circuit Breaker Position (Contact Closed when Breaker Open)
53 – Exciter or DC Generator Relay
54 – Turning Gear Engaging Device
55 – Power Factor Relay
56 – Field Application Relay
57 – Short-Circuiting or Grounding Device
58 – Rectification Failure Relay
59 – Overvoltage Relay
60 – Voltage or Current Balance Relay
61 – Density Switch or Sensor
62 – Time-Delay Stopping or Opening Relay
63 – Pressure Switch
64 – Ground Detector Relay
64R - Restricted earth fault
64S - Stator earth fault
65 – Governor
66 – Notching or Jogging Device
67 – AC Directional Over current Relay
68 – Blocking Relay
69 – Permissive Control Device
70 – Rheostat
71 – Liquid Level Switch
72 – DC Circuit Breaker
73 – Load-Resistor Contactor
74 – Alarm Relay
75 – Position Changing Mechanism
76 – DC Over current Relay
77 – Telemetering Device
78 – Phase-Angle Measuring Relay or "Out-of-Step" Relay
79 – AC Reclosing Relay (Auto Reclosing)
80 – Flow Switch
81 – Frequency Relay
82 – DC Reclosing Relay
83 – Automatic Selective Control or Transfer Relay
84 – Operating Mechanism
85 – Communications, Carrier or Pilot-Wire Relay
86 – Lockout Relay/Master Trip
87 – Differential Protective Relay
88 – Auxiliary Motor or Motor Generator

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 31


89 – Line Switch
90 – Regulating Device
91 – Voltage Directional Relay
92 – Voltage and Power Directional Relay
93 – Field Changing Contactor
94 – Tripping or Trip-Free Relay( trip circuit supervision Relay)
95 – For specific applications where other numbers are not suitable
96 – Busbar Trip Lockout relay
97 – For specific applications where other numbers are not suitable
98 – For specific applications where other numbers are not suitable
99 – For specific applications where other numbers are not suitable
150 – Earth Fault Indicator
AFD – Arc Flash Detector
CLK – Clock or Timing Source
DDR – Dynamic Disturbance Recorder
DFR – Digital Fault Recorder
DME – Disturbance Monitor Equipment
ENV – Environmental Data
HIZ – High Impedance Fault Detector
HMI – Human Machine Interface
HST – Historian
LGC – Scheme Logic
MET – Substation Metering
PDC – Phasor Data Concentrator
PMU – Phasor Measurement Unit
PQM – Power Quality Monitor
RIO – Remote Input/output Device
RTU – Remote Terminal Unit/Data Concentrator
SER – Sequence of Events Recorder
TCM – Trip Circuit Monitor
LRSS - LOCAL/REMOTE SELECTOR SWITCH
SOTF - Switch On To Fault

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 32


CONDUCTING EXPERIMENTS

NOTE:

01.Relay based experiments may be done using trainer kits and other
experiments may be done using discrete components.

02.Proper protections like fuse and MCB should be used for all circuits as a
safety precaution.

03.All the experiments shall be done for low current and voltage ranges.

04.The circuit diagrams given are for reference only. Alternate safe
methods may be adopted.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 33


EXPERIMENT NO.01

FUSE

AIM: TO STUDY THE OPERATION OF A FUSE AND PLOT THE TIME-CURRENT

CHARACTERISTICS.

Rationale / importance of this experiment: A fuse is a simplest, cheapest and most reliable
protective device which provides protection against over current and short circuit. One or the
other type of fuse is used in all the equipments/ power circuit wirings/meter boards/ metering
panels/ service connections/LT lines/HT lines/Auto-electricals/control panels etc.It is the
most fundamental element of any electrical circuit. A fuse is definitely present in all
electrical circuits irrespective of other protective device like MCBs.

The study of fuse characteristics forms the base / foundation for interpreting the
characteristics of protective relays. Because the reliability of any protection scheme depends
on the time taken by the relay to sense ,operate and open the circuit breaker . The more the
delay, greater will be the damage due to fault current. Hence by plotting the time-current
characteristics the students will be able practically understand the importance of time (quick
operation) when the magnitude of fault current is high.

After doing this experiment, the students will be able to interpret the characteristic of fuse,
identify the different types of fuses and fuse elements.

APPARATUS REQUIRED

01. Fuse wire (preferably lower rating like 1 A ,2 A ,2.5Aand 5 A).


02. Ammeter 0-5/10A MI
03. SPST Knife switch
04. 5A,230V single phase variable lamp/resistive load.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 34


05. Stop clock / digital watch.
06. Rheostat (38 Ohm, 8.5 A) may be used in series with ammeter for adjusting the
current.
07. Single phase 0-300 V,10 A Auto transformer.
08. Single phase 220 V / 24V 20 A, transformer ( for current injection)
( Items 7 and 8 are used in alternate circuit in which current can be injected without actual
load)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM ( see alternate circuit also)

PROCEDURE :

1. Connections are made as per the circuit diagram.

2. Switch ON the main supply by keeping the Auto-transformer in zero position and SPST

switch in open position.

3. Close the SPST switch and adjust the autotransformer and the load until the ammeter reads

1.25 times the rated current of the fuse.

4. Now open the SPST switch and observe the fuse to melt.

5. Replace the fuse wire and repeat the above procedure for 2, 3, 4 times the rated current

of the fuses.

6. In each step note down the time taken by the fuse to melt (from the instant the SPST

switch is opened till the fuse melts and ammeter reads zero).

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 35


7. Plot the time- current characteristics.

Sl no Current I amps Time in seconds

Viva Questions
1 Characteristics of fuse wire.
2 Comparisons of fuse and circuit breaker
3 Types of fuses and their applications
4 Type of fuse required for protection of transformer, generator and induction motor

ALTERNATE CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR TESTING FUSE / MCB.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 36


EXPERIMENT NO 2

AIM : STUDY THE OPERATION OF MCB AND PLOT THE OPERATING


CHARACTERISTICS

MCB has two characteristics.

1. Inverse time characteristics during over load.


2. Instantaneous characteristics during short circuit.

MCB TYPE TRIPPING CURRENT

TRIP CURVE Above 3 to 5 times rated current. Suitable for cable protection
CLASS B

TRIP CURVE Above 5 to 10 times the rated current. Suitable Domestic and residential applications and
CLASS C electromagnetic starting loads with medium starting currents

TRIP CURVE Above 10(excluding 10) to 20 times the rated current. Suitable for inductive and motor loads with
CLASS D high starting currents.

TRIP CURVE Above 8 to 12 times the rated current. Suitable for inductive and motor loads with high inrush
CLASS K currents.

TRIP CURVE Above 2 to 3 times the rated current. These type of MCBs are highly sensitive to short circuit and
CLASS Z are used for protection of highly sensitive devices such as semiconductor devices

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 37


APPARATUS REQUIRED:

01. Single Pole MCB (preferably lower rating like 6 A)


02. Ammeter 0-10A MI
03. 15 A SPST switch.
04. Single phase Auto-transformer (dimmer-stat) 0-300 V 10A
05. Resistive load,10 A single phase.
06. Stop clock / digital watch.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM: (see alternate circuit also)

PROCEDURE :

1. Connections are made as per the circuit diagram.

2. Switch ON the main supply by keeping the Auto-transformer in zero position and SPST
switch in

open position.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 38


3. Close the SPST switch and adjust the autotransformer and the load until the ammeter reads
1.5

times the rated current of the MCB.

4. Now open the SPST switch and observe the MCB to Trip.

5. Repeat the above procedure for 2 and 3 times the rated current of the MCB.

6. In each step note down the time taken by the MCB to Trip (from the instant the SPST

switch is opened till the MCB Trips)

7. Plot the time-current characteristics.

TABULAR COLUMN

Sl no Current I amps Time in seconds

Note:( 1500 W Electric Iron or Hair drier or heating coil may be used as load)

Viva questions:

1. What is an MCB.
2. Different Classes of MCB.
3. Which class of MCB is choosen for motor protection.
4. What is meant by instantaneous characteristics and inverse time characteristics of
MCB.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 39


ALTERNATE CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENT FOR TESTING FUSE / MCB.

EXPERIMENT NO 3

AIM : TO TEST THE OPERATION OF SINGLE PHASE ELCB / RCCB

APPARATUS REQUIRED:

1. 10 A /16 A ,30 mA / 60mA sensitivity single phase ELCB.


2. 5 A socket with Earth pin connected to the earthing.
3. 0-100 mA Ammeter.
4. 1 A 250 V ,4k POT
5. 100 W incandescent bulb.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 40


PROCEDURE:

1.Connections are made as per the circuit diagram.

2. Switch ON the main supply and ELCB.

3. Switch ON SPST .

4. Vary the POT and note down the current at which the ELCB trips.

5. Verify the whether the ELCB tripped as per current sensitivity specification.

EXPERIMENT NO 4

AIM : TO TEST THE OPERATION OF A EARTH FAULT/ EARTH LEAKAGE RELAY

APPARATUS REQUIRED:

01. Power contactor with 230 V coil voltage.


02. Earth Leakage Relay with suitable CBCT set.
03. Push button switches
04. SPST
05. Lamps
Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 41
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

Note: The circuit given above is basically a DOL starter circuit. This may be treated
as equivalent to a circuit breaker (MCCB or ACB)with Earth Fault/Leakage Relay
and CBCT .
The lamp load may be assumed as the equipment ( motor or generator or transformer )
being protected against earth fault.

The pick up current and trip time should be adjusted using the DIP switches provided
on the front face of the Earth Leakage/fault relay. (static type relays have dip
switches whereas digital relays have touch key pads).

PROCEDURE:

01. Connections are made as per the circuit diagram.


02. Switch ON the main supply switch with SPST switch in open condition.
03. Press the ON push button switch so that the lamp is ON.
04. Now close SPST switch and observe the Earth Leakage Relay which will trip the
contactor (Circuit Breaker)
05. Note down and Verify the tripping time and current as per DIP settings.
(The secondary current of CBCT may be measured using a ammeter in the CT circuit
or using a clamp-on meter)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 42


TRIANER KITS BASED EXPERIMENTS

EXAMPLE WIRING FOR TESTING - OVER / UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY USING

Relay testing may be done using discrete components / devices or by using trainer kits.

Keeping the cost of relays in mind and multiple handling /usage of the components, it is
preferred to conduct relay testing experiments using trainer kits. The above diagram shows
two kits namely voltage injection kit and the other one is the relay under test. (similarly,
for testing over current relay current injection kit will be used). The wirings are made using
patch cords as shown in the diagram.

The concept of wiring is same for testing other relays like over current relay, earth fault relay.

The voltage injection kit has the following features:

01. DC, 110 V Aux power supply for relay.


02. Variable Voltage Source to test the operation of the relay ( over voltage or under
voltage).
03. Digital timer for measuring the time taken by the relay to operate when the voltage
exceeds the set value.

CONDUCTION OF THE EXPERIMENT

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 43


Initially the plug setting and the time setting will be made on the relay.( In case of static
relays, DIP switches will be adjusted as per requirement and in case of digital / numerical
relays , programming will be done by using touch pads / buttons / keys on the numerical
relay)

Selector switches are provided for set and test positions on the voltage injection kit.

First the selector switch will be put onset position and the voltage source will be varied until
the relay operates. After setting the voltage at which relay operates, the position of variable
voltage will be kept constant (i.e, it will be not be disturbed) and the relay and the timer will
be reset. Now the selector switch will be put on test position and the time taken by the relay
to operate is noted. The experiment is repeated for different voltages, plug setting and time
settings.

The above procedure is common for all trainer kit based relay experiments.
NOTE: The trainer kits may of separate voltage / current injection kit and separate relay kits
as shown above OR combine kits as shown below.

ACTIVITY EXPERIMENTS

EXPERIMENT NO. 5

AIM: TO STUDY THE OPERATION OF DOMESTIC VOLTAGE STABILZER AND


TEST IT.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 44


RATIONALE: Voltage stabilizer is the most common protective device used in every house
hold for protection of expensive gadgets like LED TV , Fridge, Air conditioner etc., against
over voltage.

By doing this experiment the student will learn to test the operating voltage range of the
stabilizer specified the manufacturer.

APPARATUS.

01. Single phase Voltage stabilizer 500 VA .


02. Voltmeter 0-300V MI
03. 10A 0-30 V Single phase Auto-transformer (dimmer-stat)

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

PROCEDURE:

1. Connections are made as shown in the circuit diagram.


2. Keep the power ON switch of the stabilizer in OFF condition.
3. Switch On the main supply and set the voltmeter Vin to normal operating voltage
(220 V)
4. Switch on the stabilizer and note the output voltage Vout.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 45


5. Now slowly increase the voltage by varying the autotransformer and observe both Vin
and Vout until the stabilizer trips. Note down the over voltage Vin at trip.
6. Repeat the above procedure for under voltage trip by decreasing the input voltage.

TABULAR COLUMN

Low voltage trip in volts High voltage trip in volts

EXPERIMENT NO.6

AIM: TO TEST THE OPERATION OF THERMAL OVER LOAD RELAY AND PLOT
THE TIME - CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS.

APPARATUS REQUIRED

01. Themal over load relay0-10 A ,415 V


02. Ammeter 0-10A MI
03. 15 A SP switch

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 46


04. 10A 0-300 V Single phase Auto-transformer (dimmer-stat)
05. 220V/12V ,20 A Single phase transformer( CURRENT INJECTION).
06. Stop clock / digital watch.

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

PROCEDURE:

1. Connections are made as per the circuit diagram.


2. Adjust the current rating on OLR (using pointer or knob in the frontside).
3. Switch ON the main supply by keeping SPST in closed position.
4. Switch ON and the vary the autotransformer and set the ammeter current to the
desired test current ( say 1.5 or 2 times the rated current of the OLR)
5. Now open the SPST and observe the OLR to trip.
6. Note down the time for tripping.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 47


7. Reset the OLR and wait for 10 minutes for the OLR to cool down.
8. Repeat the above experiment for 2.5, 3 , 4 times the rated current of OLR).
9. The operation of NO and NC of OLR while tripping may be checked with the help of
series test lamp as shown in the circuit diagram.
10. Plot the time-current characteristics.

TABULAR COLUMN

Sl. Current setting on Tripping current Tripping Time in


No. OLR in Amps Amps secs.

Example graph.

EXPERIMENT NO. 7

AIM: TO CONDUCT BURDEN TEST ON CT AND DETERMINE ITSVA


RATING.

APPARATUS REQUIRED:

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 48


01. CT on which burden test has to be conducted.
02. Ammeter 0-5A MI
03. Voltmeter 0-300 V MI
04. Auto-transformer 0-300 V , 10 A
05. Current injection transformer- 220/12 V, 20 A

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM

PROCEDURE:

01. Connections are made as per the diagram.


02. Switch ON the main supply and slowly vary the autotransformer till rated current
passes through secondary of the CT.
03. Note down the voltage drop across the secondary of the CT.
04. Calculate the VA burden = Voltmeter reading x Ammeter reading.

SOME USEFUL TIPS / INFORMATION

Evolution of Relays:

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 49


Mechanical relays developed in the 1800s were the first form of electrical protection. While
still being reliable and widely used these were superseded by static relays in the early 1980s.
Static relays have no moving parts (hence the name) and operated on the basis of analogue
circuitry. More recently static relays have been superseded by first digital relays and now
numerical microprocessor based devices.

Tripping Curves
IEC 60255 Characteristics

The IEC 60255 standard defines four standard current time characteristics – standard inverse
(SI), very inverse (VI), extremely inverse (EI) and long-time inverse. Each characteristic can
be calculated from:

where:

t = tripping time in (S)

I = fault (actual) secondary CT current (A)

Is = relay pick-up current setting)

TMS = time multiplier setting

Characteristic α K

Standard 0.02 0.14


Inverse

Very Inverse 1.0 13.5

Extremely 2.0 80
Inverse

Long-time 1.0 120

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 50


Inverse

Relay characteristics are sometimes classified according to the tripping time at 10 times the
setting current (i.e. [3s/10] - a standard inverse curve which will trip in 3 seconds at 10 times
the current setting). Tripping times for the various relays are:

Standard Inverse (SI) [3s/10] or [1.3s/10]

Very Inverse (VI) [1.5s/10]

Extremely Inverse (EI) [0.8s/10]

Long Time Standard Earth Fault [13.3s/10]

North American Characteristics

Current time characteristics in North America as classified


as IEEE Moderately Inverse, IEEE Very Inverse, IEEE
Extremely Inverse, US C08 Inverse and US CO2 Short
Time Inverse. These are given by:

where:

t = tripping time in (S)

I = fault (actual) secondary CT current (A)

Is = relay pick-up current setting

TD = time dial setting (multiplier)

Characteristic α β K

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 51


IEEE Moderately 0.02 0.114 0.0515
Inverse

IEEE Very 2.0 0.491 19.61


Inverse

IEEE Extremely 2.0 0.1217 28.2


Inverse

US CO8 Inverse 2.0 0.18 5.95

US CO2 Short 0.02 0.01694 0.02394


Time Inverse

Setting Example (IEC 60255)

An 1000 Amp breaker protected by relay with Standard Inverse characteristic. The relay
pick-up current value is set at 0.8, time multiplier setting is 7 and the fault current is 8000
A. What will be the tripping time?

∑ - from the table α = 0.02, K = 0.14


∑ - pick-up current setting = 1000 A x 0.8 = 800 A
∑ - using the IEC 60255 equations, the tripping time is:

CDG11/16 Curves
If you have the 3sec relay's trip curve, you can just multiply the time with 1.3 and divide the
answer with 3. That is the time for the 1.3sec relay.

GEC / English Electric / Alstom /Areva


Labeling the model from left to right, using number CDG31 etc. 1=C, 2=D c=G etc.:

1. operating quantity (C - current, D - differential, V- voltage)


2. basic movement (D - induction disc, M - balanced armature, T - static)
3. Application (G- general or generator, E - earth, U - definite time, F - flag, M - motor,
D - directional)
4. number of units (ie CDG3x is a 3 element / unit CDG relay)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 52


5. characteristic (for CDG, 1= std inverse (3s), 2= long time delay, 3=very inverse
(1.55s), 4=extremely inverse (0.6s), 6=Long Time Standard Earth Fault)
6. case size (15 different cases, A=size 1 draw out, 10 terminal etc.)
7. case mounting (F=flush etc.)
8. identification (identifies rating, contact arrangement etc. 2= 'metricated')
9. suffix ('5' is for 50Hz only relays, '6' for 60Hz)

Example - CDG 34EG0022A5 is a current operated, induction disc general relay, with three
extremely inverse elements and is a 50 Hz unit.

***

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 53


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru.

Course Title :ESTIMATION SIMULATION LAB


Course Code :15EE57P
Semester :V Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 (in Hours) Credits : 3 Credits
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks
Programme: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING.

Pre-requisites : Knowledge about–Analog and Digital Electronics, Concepts of power


circuit and control circuits, working principle of electric motors and their
applications, working principles of transformers and their ratings, circuit
breakers, isolators, switches.
Course Objectives : To know the components used in Domestic wirings, erection of towers and
substations. To provide systematic training on drawings of Single-Line
Diagrams of Towers, Substations and prepare materials required.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the Course, the student will be able to:

1. Understand the meaning of specification, estimation, standardization, tender and


earthing.
2. Estimate service connections for over head and underground and prepare schedule
of materials
3. Design lighting installations and prepare schedule of materials.
4. Design power installations and prepare schedule of materials.
5. Prepare schedule of materials of distribution lines and transformers.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1


LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES :

SL
LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES Hours
No.
Design an Electrical Installation for the Residential building.

∑ Total Connected lighting load is 800 Watts.


(Refer the Layout plan for load segregation).
∑ Electrical pole is 10 Mtrs away from the building.
1 06
Generate a Single Line diagram for the above electrical Installation mentioning
the cable sizes (1ph+N+PE), protection devices used at the Mains.
Calculate the size of the Over head Aluminum cable required and generate the
complete bill of Materials

Design an Electrical Installation for the Residential building with AEH


Connection for the given load matrix.

Location Light Fan 5 A socket 15 A socket

Front verandah 1 1

Drawing room 1 1 2 1

Dining room 1 2 1

Bed room 1 1 1
2 12
Kitchen 1 1 1

Bath room 1 1

Generate the electrical network and show distinctly the various sub circuits on
the installation plan; calculate the size of the wire required for each sub circuits.
Calculate the size of the cable required in Under Ground system and Generate the
complete bill of Materials

Design an Electrical network for the Workshop with the following loads.
3 06
i. 1 No. drilling machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 1 Hp
ii. 2 Nos. Lathes: 3 Ph, 440V, 2 Hp each

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2


iii. 1 No. Grinding machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 1 Hp
iv. 1 No. Milling machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 10 Hp
( Refer the Layout plan for the position of machines)

Assume the power factor as 0.8 and the efficiency of the machines are 85% with
DOL starters.

Calculate the size of the cables used in each motor feeder section along with its
protection devices.

Generate the complete bill of materials and segregate feeder wise.

Hostel building in a Polytechnic has 3 floors. The First and Second Floors are
similar to Ground Floor and there are 20 Rooms and 14 bathrooms /Toilets in
each floor.

o Each room is having 2 Light points, One Fan point and One 5
Amps socket point.
o Each bathroom/Toilet has One Light point.
4 ∑ Common room in each floor has 4 Light points, 2 Fan points and 2 Nos of 5 12
Amps Socket outlet.
∑ Corridor and Stair case has 11 Light points for each floor.
∑ Ground floor has 8 Outdoor lighting points.

Design an Electrical Network for the hostel building, indicating the ratings of
each protection devices used at the Mains and at the Switchboard level.

5 Size the Service Mains cable for the Exercise 4. 06

A small factory having 3 phase four wire 415 volts supply comprises of the
following:

∑ Sixty lightings points in the factory of 100 watts each


∑ One 8 kW motor with 0.8 p.f and four 8 kW motors with 0.7 p.f.
∑ 15 lighting points in the office of 150 watts each
6 06
∑ 5 heating points in the office with 2 kW load on each outlet
∑ Six socket outlets in the office for 0.5 kW motor.
Prepare a schematic diagram along with the sub-circuit arrangement and control
equipments.

Consider an industrial site having 3 phase four wire 415 volts supply, comprises
of the following load groups
7 ∑ Load group 1: 3 phase four wire; total 450 kW power with 0.8 p.f 12
∑ Load group 2: 3 phase four wire; total 100 kW power with 0.7 p.f
The engineer is asked to maintain a unity power factor at the Main Low voltage

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3


switch board.

Calculate the rating of the compensation capacitor (kVAR) required.

Realize the schematic and find the order & type of capacitor required.

8 Pump house is having 2 No. of 5 H.P. Irrigation pump sets with Individual Star
Delta starters is located adjacent to well Distance between the Electrical Pole and
Pump house is 5 Meters and The pump is 10 Meters away from the Motor starter
located in Pump house.

Calculate the size of the Mains cable connecting the Mains and Motor starters. 06
Also design the ratings of the Starters (OLRs) and the contactors (Y-∆).

Specify also the cable sizes required to connect Pump and Starters.

Draw the Electrical schematics network .


9 Calculate the rating of the compensation capacitor (kVAR) required to improve
the Power factor to Unity for the exercise 8.

Realize the schematic and find the order & type of capacitor required 06

10 New polytechnic campus is given 60KW load. New 100KVA Transformer is to


be installed 100mts away from the campus.

Prepare materials required for installing new 100KVA transformer.

Generate the electrical network and show distinctly the various sub circuits on 06
the installation plan.
Calculate the size of the underground cable required in Under Ground system
from 100KVA transformer to college campus and Generate the complete bill of
Materials

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4


e-Resources: Any available open-source simulation software.

Any available open-source simulation software like

My Ecodial L 3.4

Or

Ecodial Advance International 4.X

http://www.schneider-electric.com/en/product-category/5100-software/?filter=business-4-
low-voltage-products-and-systems

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:

Sl.
Educational Component Weightage (%)
No.
1 Remembering 10
2 Understanding 20
3 Application/ Analysis 70
Total 100

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5


Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes: (Course Outcome
linkage to Cognitive Level)

PO Cognitive
Experiment linked
Mapped Level
Understand the meaning of specification,
2, 3, 8,
CO1 estimation, standardization, tender and 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 R/A/C
9, 10
earthing.
Estimate service connections for over head
2, 3, 8,
CO2 and underground and prepare schedule of 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 U/A
9, 10
materials
Design lighting installations and prepare 2, 3,4, 8,
CO3 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 U/A/C/E
schedule of materials 9, 10

Design power installations and prepare 2, 3,4, 8,


CO4 3,4,5,6,7,8,9 A/C
schedule of materials. 9, 10

Prepare schedule of materials of distribution 2, 3,4, 8,


CO5 10 A/C
lines and transformers. 9, 10

U-Understanding; A-application/ Analysis; App-Application

Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Estimation
Simulation 0 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 3
Lab

LEVEL 3- HIGHLY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 2-MODERATELY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 1-LOW ADDRESSED.

METHOD IS TO RELATE THE LEVEL OF PO WITH THE NUMBER OF HOURS DEVOTED TO THE COS WHICH ADDRESS THE GIVEN PO.

IF >40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 3

IF 25 TO 40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 2

IF 5 TO 25% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT LEVEL 1

If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6


Course Delivery:

The laboratory Course will be delivered through Tutorial, laboratory interaction, group
discussion, practical exercises, instructions, assignments and viva voice.

Tutorial - 1Hr:

Staff-in-charge will;

1. Explain the components used in simulation software.


2. Ask the students to draw the Single-line diagram manually.
3. Guide the students to draw the Single-line diagram using simulation software.

Conduction/ Execution- 2 Hr:

Each student must draw the Single-line diagram using simulation software and generate the
complete bill of Materials

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7


Course Assessment and Evaluation:

To Evidence Course
What Frequency Practical
Whom Collected Outcomes
Two IA tests for
IA Practical (Average 10 Blue Books 1 to 6
Tests marks of both the
tests)
Record Writing
Record
(Average of Marks 10 Lab Record 1 to 6
Writing
allotted for each
experiment.)
3 pages
Student Activity 05 1 to 6
Report
TOTAL 25

End Answer
End of the Course 50 1 to 6
Exam Scripts

Student Feedback Middle of The


Feed Back Forms 1 to 6
on course Course
End of Course
End of The Course Questionnaire 1 to 6
Survey

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note:

1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8


Suggested Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages report):

The following problems may be solved Analytically on Paper or using


Spreadsheet (e.g. MS-Excel) or MATLAB or any available software, and
submit complete solution;

1 New 5MVA, 66KV/11KV substation is to be established. Existing 66KV Double circuit


transmission line is 10KM away from New substation.

Generate the electrical network and show distinctly the various sub circuits on the
installation plan.
Calculate the size of the cable required in overhead system and number of transmission
structure from 66KV Double circuit transmission to new substation and Generate the
complete bill of Materials

2 Design 5MVA , 66KV/11KV substation. Generate the complete bill of Materials

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 9


Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 10
Scheme of Valuation for SEE (Semester End Examination):

Sl.
Particulars Marks
No.

1. Design and generate bill of materials for the given exercise 30

2. Results 10

3. Viva-Voce 10

Total 50

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 11


Model Question Bank:

Course Title: ESTIMATION SIMULATION LAB Course Code: 15EE57P

1. Design an Electrical Installation for the Residential building for given connected
load.

Generate a Single Line diagram for the above electrical Installation mentioning the

cable sizes (1ph+N+PE), protection devices used at the Mains.

Calculate the size of the Over head Aluminium cable required and generate the
complete bill of Materials

2. Design an Electrical Installation for the Residential building with AEH Connection
for the given load matrix.
Generate the electrical network and show distinctly the various sub circuits on the
installation plan; calculate the size of the wire required for each sub circuits.
Calculate the size of the cable required in Under Ground system and Generate the
complete bill of Materials
3. Design an Electrical network for the Workshop with the following loads.

i. 1 No. drilling machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 2Hp


ii. 2 Nos. Lathes: 3 Ph, 440V, 3Hp each
iii. 1 No. Grinding machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 2Hp
iv. 1 No. Milling machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 5Hp
(Refer the Layout plan for the position of machines)

Assume the power factor as 0.85 and the efficiency of the machines are 80% with DOL
starters.

Calculate the size of the cables used in each motor feeder section along with its protection
devices.

Generate the complete bill of materials and segregate feeder wise.


4. Design an Electrical network for the Workshop with the following loads.

i. 1 No. drilling machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 1 Hp


ii. 2 Nos. Lathes: 3 Ph, 440V, 5Hp each
iii. 1 No. Grinding machine: 3 Ph, 440V,2Hp
iv. 1 No. Milling machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 10 Hp
(Refer the Layout plan for the position of machines)

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 12


Assume the power factor as 0.75 and the efficiency of the machines are 80% with DOL
starters.

Calculate the size of the cables used in each motor feeder section along with its protection
devices.

Generate the complete bill of materials and segregate feeder wise.


5. Design an Electrical network for the Workshop with the following loads.

i. 1 No. drilling machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 2Hp


ii. 2 Nos. Lathes: 3 Ph, 440V, 2 Hp each
iii. 1 No. Grinding machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 2Hp
iv. 1 No. Milling machine: 3 Ph, 440V, 15Hp
(Refer the Layout plan for the position of machines)

Assume the power factor as 0.9 and the efficiency of the machines are 88% with DOL
starters.

Calculate the size of the cables used in each motor feeder section along with its protection
devices.

Generate the complete bill of materials and segregate feeder wise.


6. Hostel building in a Polytechnic has 2 Floors. The First and Second Floors are similar to
Ground Floor and there are 25 Rooms and 15 bathrooms /Toilets in each floor.

o Each room is having 2 Light points, One Fan point and One 5 Amps socket
point.
o Each bathroom/Toilet has One Light point.
∑ Common room in each floor has 5 Light points, 2 Fan points and 2 Nos of 5 Amps
Socket outlet.
∑ Corridor and Stair case has 15 Light points for each floor.
∑ Ground floor has 10 Outdoor lighting points.

Design an Electrical Network for the hostel building, indicating the ratings of each protection
devices used at the Mains and at the Switchboard level.

7. A small factory having 3 phase four wire 415 volts supply comprises of the following:

∑ 70 lightings points in the factory of 100 watts each


∑ One 10 kW motor with 0.85p.f and four 10 kW motors with 0.75p.f.
∑ 25 lighting points in the office of 100 watts each
∑ 8 heating points in the office with 2.5 kW load on each outlet
∑ 10socket outlets in the office for 0.75 kW motor.
Prepare a schematic diagram along with the sub-circuit arrangement and control equipments.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 13


8. Consider an industrial site having 3 phase four wire 415 volts supply, comprises of the
following load groups
∑ Load group 1: 3 phase four wire; total 500kW power with 0.85p.f
∑ Load group 2: 3 phase four wire; total 150 kW power with 0.75p.f
The engineer is asked to maintain a unity power factor at the Main Low voltage switch board.

Calculate the rating of the compensation capacitor (kVAr) required.

Realize the schematic and find the order & type of capacitor required

9. Pump house is having 3Nos of 5 H.P. Irrigation pump sets with Individual Star Delta
starters is located adjacent to well Distance between the Electrical Pole and Pump house is
6Metres and The pump is 15Metres away from the Motor starter located in Pump house.

Calculate the size of the Mains cable connecting the Mains and Motor starters.

Also design the ratings of the Starters (OLRs) and the contactors (Y-∆).

Specify also the cable sizes required to connect Pump and Starters.

Draw the Electrical schematics network.

10. Calculate the rating of the compensation capacitor (kVAr) required to improve the Power
factor to Unity for the exercise 9.

Realize the schematic and find the order & type of capacitor required

11. New polytechnic campus is given 70KW load. New 100KVA Transformer is to be
installed 90mts away from the campus.

Prepare materials required for installing new 100KVA transformer.

Generate the electrical network and show distinctly the various sub circuits on the installation
plan.
Calculate the size of the under ground cable required in Under Ground system from 100KVA
transformer to college campus and Generate the complete bill of Materials
12. New 5MVA, 66KV/11KV substation is to be established. Existing 66KV Double circuit
transmission line is 15KM away from New substation.

Generate the electrical network and show distinctly the various sub circuits on the installation
plan.
Calculate the size of the cable required in overhead system and number of transmission
structure from 66KV Double circuit transmission to new substation and generate the
complete bill of Materials

13. Design 5MVA, 66KV/11KV substation. Generate the complete bill of Materials.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 14


Estimation Simulation Lab Equipments Requirement:

Students Intake : 60

Students per Batch : 20

Quantity
Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Specification
Required
1 Computers with latest configuration 20 NOs.

2 Estimation simulations Related software’s 10 NOs.

3 Printers 20NOs.

******************************************************

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 15


Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title :PROJECT WORK-I Course Code : 15EE58P


Semester :V Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:1:2 (in Hours) Credits : -
Type of course : Practical Total Contact Hours : 39 hrs
CIE : 25 Marks SEE
Programme: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS Engg.

Course Objectives:
1. Learn the objective of this project is to provide opportunity for the students to implement
their skills acquired in the previous semesters to practical problems/problems faced by
industry/development of new facilities
2. Make the students come up with innovative/ new ideas in his area of interest.
3. Identify, analyze and develop opportunities as well as to solve broadly defined Electrical
and Electronics Engineering problems
4. Enhance students’ appreciation of the values of social responsibility, legal and ethical
principles, through the analysis and discussion of relevant articles and real time projects

Course outcomes:

On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:


CL Linked Allotted
Course Outcome
PO hours
Understand the identification of topic
CO1 for project R/U 2 TO 10

CO2 Demonstrate collection of data


U/A/C 2 to 10
related to project
CO3 Develop the ideas while executing
U/A/C 2 to 10
the project.
Exposure to latest trends required to 3hrs/Week
CO4 execute the project E 2 to 10

CO5 Preparation of synopses and log sheet


A/C/E 2 to 10

CO6 Present power point presentation for


A/C 2 to 10
the synopsis chosen
TOTAL 39 Hours

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE58P Page 1


MAPPING COURSE OUTCOMES WITH PROGRAM OUTCOMES

Programme Outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
Course

PROJECT WORK 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Sl.
Educational Component Weightage (%)
No.
1 Remembering 10

2 Understanding 15

3 Application/ Analysis 25

4 Create 30

5 Evaluate 20

Total 100

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE58P Page 2


A. INTRODUCTION

The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of maximum
of 5 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the
branch of study. Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of
the institution. Three periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be
utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide, on library reading, laboratory
work, computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in
periodical seminars on the progress made in the project.

B. TIME FRAME FOR THE PROJECT

∑ Formation of team
∑ Identification of project
∑ Collection of data /material/etc
∑ If needed a visit may be given to any relevant industry/institution/site/substation.
∑ Preparation of synopses Maintenance of log sheet
∑ power point presentation for the synopsis chosen

C.Format of log sheet for project work

Sl.No. Date Project activity Initials of Guide

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE58P Page 3


Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme for Project work

What To When/Where Max Evidence Course


who (Frequency in the Mark collected outcomes
m course) s
At the end of
semester) 1. Project CO1, CO2,
Synopsis. CO3,CO4,CO5,
25
CO6
2. Log sheet

End of the course Log sheet and Project Synopsis.


Student CO1Delivery
Middle of the
Feedback on Feedback forms of course
course
course
End of CO1 to CO6
Course Effectiveness
Survey of Delivery of
End of the course
Seminar instructions &
Assessment
Methods

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE58P Page 4


MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING REVIEWS OF PROJECT FOR CIE

Studen Reg Dimension Scale Students Score


t name no
Unsatisfact Developi satisfacto Good Exempla 1 2 3 4 5
ory ng ry ry
Collect
Collects Collects Collects
much
Does not very some a great
informati
collect any limited basic deal of
Collection on; but
information informati informati informati
of data very
relating to on; some on; most on; all
limited
the topic relate to refer to refer to
relate to
the topic the topic the topic
the topic
Does not Performs
Performs
Fulfill perform Performs all duties
very little Performs
team’s any duties very of
duties but nearly all
roles & assigned to little assigned
unreliabl duties
duties the team duties team
e.
role roles
Always
Rarely Usually
does the
does the does the
Normall assigned
Always assigned assigned
Shares y does work
relies on work; work;
work the without
others to do often rarely
equally assigned having to
the work needs needs
work be
remindin remindin
reminded
g g
.
Usually
Talks
does
Is always good;
most of Listens, Listens
Listen to talking; but never
the but and
other never show
talking; sometim speaks a
Team allows interest
rarely es talk fair
mates anyone else in
allows too much amount
to speak listening
others to
others
speak

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE58P Page 5


D. SCHEME OF EVALUATION (CIE only)
Student will be awarded a maximum of 25 marks CIE considering his activities based on log
sheet and synopsis produced by the student.

Scheme of Evaluation

1 Log record 05
2 Synopsis 10
3 Presentation 10
Total 25

Fields identified for Project work


Each student may be assigned any one of the following types of project work:
According to the local needs, the following major projects are suggested:
The following areas may be chosen while selecting a project work:-
1. PLC based
2. Microcontroller based
3. Application software based
4. Load survey study in order to select suitable meter /motor/
capacitor/energy conservation /to improve the overall system in
following places:-
a. Institution
b. Hostel
c. Apartment
d. Industry
e. KEB/BSNL
f. Substation
g. Any feeder line
7 Power electronics based
8 Electric drive based
9 Energy Conservation related project
10 Modernization of existing laboratory
11 Automation based
12 Non Conventional generation of electric energy
13 Electric Motor Control
14 Switchgear and Protection based
15 Any other innovative ideas in the field of electrical and
electronics field.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE58P Page 6


TIME FRAME FOR THE PROJECT

1. Carry out a session or a seminar from the ISTEStudent Chapter coordinator /


Programme coordinator with the help of Innovation club / I II cell for directing the
students to identify project areas in the field of their interested including
interdisciplinary areas.
2. Power point presentation in seminar should include detail description of project areas
related to program,, Project report formats, developing personnel writing skills.
3. The Students/Departments may at liberty to form the batch not less than 5 and
maximum 8at the end of V semester.
4. Students should take the approval from the Project committee/ Head of department
fordoing project.
5. After approval the batch of students will be published in department notice board
along with guide in the end of5th semester.
6. All students should finalize their Project immediately before commencement of SEE
of 5th semester.
7. The types of project may include:
∑ Industrial case study
∑ Preparation of a feasibility report
∑ Design and development of equipment.
∑ The overhauling of existing equipment
∑ Creation of New facilities
8. The project should be challenging but manageable within the resources and time
available.
9. Students should undergo reviews for three times in 6th semester during the internal
assessment. Time table for IA should include project review. The guide should
monitor the progress of Project work periodically and it should be finally evaluated
for 25 marks at the end of 6th semester.
10. The IA marks will be evaluated based on oral presentation and assessment by the
internal guide by adopting Rubrics being developed by Project committee.
11. Real time problems, Industry related problems, should be chosen and it is a
Responsibilities of the project committee / Programme coordinator/ Innovation club /
I.I.T. cell to choose the appropriate project and to accept the Project Proposal
12. Identification of Topic: The selection of topic is of crucial importance. It should be
field of interest. It is advisable to choose the project can be completed on time and
within the budget and resources. The topic should be clear, directional, focussed and
feasible.
13. An outline of project proposal submitted & synopsis from student will initiate a
dialogue between Student and Project coordinator who will then help you to work on
the chosen topic and report.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE58P Page 7


MODEL PROJECT SCHEDULING (PROJECT TIME LINE)
END OF
TASK Responsibility VI SEMESTER
SL.No V SEMESTER
WEEK Project 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 Seminar regarding Project work Com/HOD
2 Batch formation &Guide allocation HOD
3 Identification of project Students/Guide
4 Project synopsis Submission Students
5 Finalisation of Project Students/Guide
6 Literature survey Students/Guide
7 Identification of facility to do PW Guide
Using the knowledge of latest trends Students/Guide
8 in design/simulation and fabrication of
the project
Conduct test to examine the Students
9 performance of the project .Results
discussion
10 Review of Project report by guide Students
Project report submission & Seminar Students/Guide
11
using power point presentation

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE58P Page 8


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title: INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AND


Course Code : 15EE61T
CONTROL
Semester : VI Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) :4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course :Lecture +Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks
Programme: Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.

Pre-requisites : DC and AC Electrical Machines, Power Electronics

Course Objectives : To introduce the concept of selection, Justification and Utilization


of Electric drives

COURSE TOPICS:

Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 Introduction to Electrical Drives 06

2 Industrial Process & Drives 10

3 Control System 07

4 Development of Control Circuit 09

5 08
Computer Based Industrial Control

6 12
Electric Traction

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 1


Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:
1. Understand the basics of Electric drives
2. Explain industrial processes and selection of drives
3. Differentiate various control systems
4. Develop motor control circuits
5. Illustrate computer based industrial control
6. Describe Electric traction

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Weightage (%) Total Marks


Educational Component
No. (Out of 145)
1 Remembering 10 15
2 Understanding 48 70
3 Application/ Analysis 42 60
Total 100 145

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level

Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

CL Linked Teaching Hrs


Course Outcome PO
6 Hours
Understand the basics of Electric
CO1 R/U 2, 10
drives

Explain industrial processes and 10Hours


CO2 U/A 2,4, 10
selection of drives
7 Hours
CO3 Differentiate various control systems R/U 2, 10

CO4 Develop motor control circuits 2,3,10 9 Hours


U/A

Illustrate computer based industrial 08Hours


C05 U/A 2, 4 ,10
control

12 Hours
C06 Describe Electric traction R/U/A 2, 5,6,10

Total sessions 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Questions to Questions to
be set for be set for
Max.
(5marks ) (10marks) Marks
Unit Marks
Hour PART - A PART - B weightage
No Unit Name per
(%)
Unit
R U A R U A

Understand the basics 6


1 of Electric drives 20 1 0 0 0.5 1 0 14

Explain industrial
processes and 10
2 30 0 1 1 0 1 1 21
selection of drives

Differentiate various 7
3 control systems 20 1 0 0 0.5 1 0 14

Develop motor
9
4 control circuits 25 0 1 1 0 1 0.5 17

Illustrate computer
based industrial 8
5 20 0 1 0 0 1 0.5 14
control

Describe Electric
12
6 traction 30 1 0 1 1 1 01 21

10 100
Total 52 145 9 (45 Marks)
(100Marks)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 4


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Course Programme Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Industrial
Drives and - 3 1 2 1 1 0 0 0 3
Control

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.


Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 5


Course Content:
Unit –I
INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL DRIVES (6 Hrs)

Concept of electric drive, Power modulators, Motors used in drives, types of loads choice of
drives, classification of drives Multi quadrant operation of Drives.

Unit –II
INDUSTRIAL PROCESS & DRIVES (10 Hrs)
Process flow diagram of paper mill, cement mill, sugar mill, steel mill, Hoists and cranes,
centrifugal pumps and compressors, solar powered pump drives, selection of drives for the
above processes

Unit –III
CONTROL SYSTEM (7 Hrs)
Open and closed loop systems with examples, Temperature control and water level control,
automatic control, speed control of Induction motor, Pilot devices

Unit –IV
DEVELOPMENT OF CONTROL CIRCUIT (9 Hrs)

Develop ladder diagram for control from one place, remote control, interlocking, DOL
starter, Forward and reverse motoring, Automatic star delta starter, 3 speed motor Control,
Automatic Plugging, Jogging and sequence speed control, Motor control centre, Thyristor
controlled DC Motor Drive and Induction motor drive.

Unit –V
COMPUTER BASED INDUSTRIAL CONTROL (8 Hrs)
Concept of Digital control, CIM, Hierarchical levels Of CIM, Microcontroller based DC
Motor speed control, Fuzzy logic, Process control in thermal plant and cement plant

Unit –VI
ELECTRIC TRACTION (12 Hrs)

Introduction to electric traction, systems of Traction, speed time curve, derivation of


maximum speed ,Tractive effort, nature of traction load , requirements of traction drives ,
Drives in traction , electric braking, current collection, Train lighting system

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 6


Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals of electrical drives by G K DUBEY
2. Computer based Industrial control by Krishnakant
3. Electrical drives by Vedamsubrahmanyam
4. Mechatronics by W B Bolton
5. Electrical estimating and costing K B Raina and S K Bhattacharya
6. Fundamentals of control Mclntyre and loose
7. Digital control M Gopal
8. 8051 micro controller and applications- Mazdi&Mazdi
9. Utilization of Electrical Energy - R K Rajput

e-Resources:
www.siemens.com/paperwww.siemens.com/cemet
www.siemens.com/metal
www.siemens.comn/sugar
www.abb.com/industries
www.flsmidth.com
www.krupp polysius.com
www.metso.com
www.voith.paper.com
www.sms -demag.com
www.siemens.com/drives
www.abb.com/drives
www.siemens.com/mobilit
www.bombardier.com
www.getransportation.com

Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group
discussion, exercises and student activities, assignments.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 7


Course Assessment and Evaluation:

Course
To Max Evidence
What Frequency Outcom
Whom Marks Collected
es
Three IA tests
for Theory:
CIE (Average Blue
I A Tests 20 1 to 6
(Conti marks of Three Books
nuous Tests to be
Student computed).
Interna
s
l Student Report of
Dire Evalua 05 1 to 6
ct Student Activity 2 pages
tion) Activity
Asse
ssme TOTAL 25
nt
SEE
(Semes
Answer
ter Stud End Of the
End Exam 100 Scripts at 1 to 6
End ents Course
BTE
Exami
nation)

Indi Student Feedback on Middle Of


Feed Back Forms 1 to 6
rect course The Course
Stud
Asse
ents
ssme End Of The
End Of Course Survey Questionnaires 1 to 6
nt Course

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination


Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks evaluated through appropriate rubrics.
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions & Assessment
Methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 8


Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:

Lesson
No./ Duration
Contents
Session
No.
Introduction to Electrical drives 6 Hours
Unit I
Draw the block diagram of an Electric drive and explain the
01 Hour
1. function of each Block
List advantages of electric drives Ref:1
2. List and explain the functions of various power modulators Ref:1 01 Hour

Describe briefly the source employed in electric drives


01 Hour
3. Describe briefly types of motors employed in drives

Analyse the different types of loads 01 Hour


4.
Explain classes of Motor duty Ref:3
Choice of electric drives 01 Hour
5. Compare AC drives with DC drives
Requirement of variable speed drive Ref1,3
Classify drives and explain
a) Group Drive b) Individual Drive c) Multi motor drive
6. Explain Four – quadrant (MULTIQUADRANT) operation of 01 Hour
electric drive Ref 2,3

Industrial Process & Drives 10Hours


UNIT II
7. Draw the process flow diagram of pulp & paper mill & explain
various Process Ref 3
8. Select a suitable motor and drive in Paper mill and justify the same. 01 Hour
Ref 3
Draw the process flow diagram of cement mill and explain various 01 Hour
9. processes Ref 3

Select a suitable motor and drive in cement mill and justify the 01 Hour
10. selection Ref 3

Draw the process flow diagram of sugar mill [sugar cane] and 01 Hour
11.
explain various processes involved Ref 3
Select a suitable motor and drive in sugar mill and justify the 01 Hour
12. selection Ref 3

Draw the process flow diagram of steel mill and explain process 01 Hour
13. involved Ref 3

Select a suitable motor and drive in steel mills and justify the 01 Hour
14.
selection reverse hot rolling reverse cold rolling, continuous hot

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 9


rolling continuous cold rolling Ref 3

Select a suitable motor & drive for electric hoisting crane and justify 01 Hour
the selection
Select a suitable motor and drive for large centrifugal pump and
15.
justify the selection. Select a suitable motor and drive for large high
speed compressor and justify the Selection Ref 3

Describe with a block diagram solar powered pump drives 01 Hour


16.
Ref:1
UNIT III
CONTROL SYSTEM 7 Hours

Define open loop and closed loop system 01 Hour


17. Explain open loop and closed loop system with a block diagram
Differentiate open loop and closed loop system Ref:4
18. Explain–temperature control, water level control Ref:4 01 hour
Describe automatic control system with example 01 Hour
19.
Describe speed control of induction motor with example Ref 4
Draw the symbols used in motor control circuit-on and off
01 Hour
20. Pushbutton, contactor, coil, limit switch, time delay relay, &float
Switch, flow switch. Ref 5
Describe the operation of Pilot devices with diagram – 01 Hour
21.
float switch, pressure switch ,limit switch, Ref 6
Describe the operation of Pilot devices with diagram –flow switch,
22. 01 Hour
thermostat Ref 6

Draw the diagram and explain electromagnetic contactor,


01 Hour
23.
Draw the diagram and explain overload relays Ref 5

UNIT IV
DEVELOPMENT O F CONTROL CIRCUIT 9 Hours

Describe steps involved in developing ladder diagram Ref 5,6 01 Hour


24.
Draw schematic and ladder diagram of 3phase motor control circuit
25. 01 Hour
Ref 5

Define two wire and three wire control, describe expanding an 01 Hour
26.
existing circuit taking an example Ref:6
Develop control circuits-
1. Control from one location
27.
2- Control from different location 01 Hour
3-pushbutton interlocking,
4-DOL starter Ref:5
Develop control circuit of FORWARD and REVERESE motor control,
01 Hour
28. Develop control circuit of Fully automatic star delta starter
Ref 5,6

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 10


Develop control circuit of Three speed motor control, 01 Hour
29.
Develop control circuit of Automatic plugging control Ref 6
Develop control circuit of Jogging control 01 Hour
30.
Develop control circuit of sequence speed motor control Ref 6
Define Motor control centre-draw the layout of plant level power
31. 01 Hour
distribution and explain Ref:1

Draw the block diagram of thyristor converter controlled DC motor


drive and explain it
32. 01 Hour
Draw the block diagram of GTO inverter controlled induction motor
drive and explain it Ref1

08Hours
V COMPUTER BASED INDUSTRIAL CONTROL
Introduction to digital control 01 Hour
33. Draw and explain Basic structure of computer controlled system
Ref:7
Draw the block diagram and explain computer integrated 01 Hour
34. manufacturing system
Ref:7
Draw the block diagram and explain centralised computer 01 Hour
control system
35.
Draw the block diagram of and explain Distributed digital
control system Ref:2
Draw the block diagram and explain Hierarchical control system 01 Hour
36. Draw the block diagram of and explain Intelligent control
system Ref:2

Explain with block diagram configuration of digital firing scheme 01 Hour


Draw the block diagram of Micro controller based DC motor speed
37.
control and explain Ref:8
Explain fuzzy logic architecture with block diagram Ref:2

Draw and explain application of microprocessors / computers in 01 Hour


electrical drives control of Switch reluctance motors
38.
Draw and explain application of microprocessors / computers in
electrical drives control of permanent magnet brushless dc motors

Draw the block diagram of thermal power plant automation system 01 Hour
39. and explain it Ref:2

Draw the block diagram of clinker burning control in a cement 01 Hour


40. plant and explain it Ref:2

12 Hours
UNIT VI ELECTRIC TRACTION
List the different systems of traction
41. Mention the importance of electric traction 01 Hour
List advantages and disadvantages of Electric TractionRef:9

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 11


Draw the block diagram and Explain
42. a)25 KV, 50 Hz, AC single phase to 3 phase AC
01 Hour
b) 25 KV, 50 Hz, AC single phase to DC
c) Diesel electric traction
d) DC traction at 750 v and 1500 v DC Ref:2
Define and explain speed time curve
Define the terms- max speed, scheduled speed, average speed, 01 Hour
43.
acceleration, retardation.
Derive an expression for maximum speed Ref:9
Problems on maximum speed Ref:9 01 Hour
44.
Draw and compare speed time curve for
a)City: Service or Urban service 01 Hour
45.
b) Sub Urban Service
c) Main Line Service Ref:9
Define tractive effort
Explain Total tractive effort with respect to acceleration, gradient, 01 Hour
46.
train resistance.[FT=FA+FR±FG]
Ref:9
Explain the nature of traction load
List the important requirements of traction drives
47. Discuss the various motor used in traction-d.c.series motor, 3phase 01 Hour
sq cage-Induction motor, permanent magnet synchronous
motorRef:2
Define electric braking,
List the advantages and disadvantages of electric braking, 01 Hour
48.
List the types of Electric braking
Explain pulggingRef:9
Describe with diagram how Rheostatic or dynamic braking is
obtained with
a) DC Series Motor
b) 3 Phase squirrel cage /slip ring Induction Motor] 01 Hour
49.
Describe with diagram how regenerative braking is obtained with
a) DC Series Motor
b) 3 Phase Induction Motor [squirrel cage induction motor Ref:9

Describe chopper controlled drive for D.C. motors with composite


braking for D.C Traction system Ref:2 01 Hour
50.
Describe PWM voltage source inverter [VSI] induction motor drive
for A.C. Traction system. Ref:2
Explain with diagram current collection through single arm
pantograph collector. (Faiveley). ref-G.K.Dubey 01 Hour
51.
Explain with diagram current collection through 3rd rail or
conductor’s rail sys Ref:2
Describe the train lighting –A) auxiliary converter system [electric
01 Hour
52. trains]
b) alternator[axle mounted] Ref:2

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 12


Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages self HAND WRITTEN report

1) Visit any industry/ process industry and prepare a report on drives used .
2) Visit any process industry and prepare a report on control of drives used
3) Collect information on Practical train lighting system& current collection system
4) Study various power supply transmission systems used in traction
5) Collect information on automatic control systems used in industries

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 13


FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and
Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Time

INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AND


Ex: I test/6 th week VI SEM
CONTROL 20
of sem 10-11 Am
Year:
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:__ CO’s:____

Questio C
Question MARKS CL PO
n no O
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal Choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 14


MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AND
1st Test/ 6 th week, VI SEM, E & E Engg
CONTROL 20
9 Feb 16, 10-11 AM
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15EE61T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :1 and 2
Course Outcomes : 1 and 2
Instruction :(1). Answer all questions (
Question
Question CL CO PO
No.
1 List advantages of electric drives 2 Marks R CO1 2
or
List the different types of loads

2 Explain Group Drive& multi motor drive 4 marks U CO1 2


or Explain Four – quadrant operation of electric drives

3 Draw the process flow diagram of pulp making & explain various U CO2 2,10
Process 6 marks
or Describe with a block diagram solar powered pump drives

4 Justify selection of motors in Paper mill 8 marks A CO2 4,10


Or
Justify the selection of motor for steel mills

CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes

Sl.
Total Marks
No Educational Component Weightage (%)
(Out of 20)
.
1 Remembering 10 2

2 Understanding 48 10

3 Application 42 8
20
Total 100

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 15


Model QUESTION Paper BANK:

Course Title: INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AND CONTROL Course Code: 15EE33T

CO1- Understand the basics of Electric drives


Unit 1 -Introduction to Electrical drives

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER

1. List advantages of electric drives


2. List various power modulators
3. List the different types of loads
4. List the requirement of variable speed drive

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

1. Draw the block diagram of an Electric drive and explain the function of eachBlock
2. Explain the functions of various power modulators
3. Describe briefly the source employed in electric drives
4. Describe briefly types of motorsemployed in drives
5. Explain classes of Motor duty
6. Describe AC drives and DC drives
7. Explain a)) Group Driveb) Individual Drive c) Multi motor drive
8. Explain Four – quadrant operation of electric drives

CO2- Explain industrial processes and selection of drives


Unit II – INDUSTRIAL PROCESS AND DRIVES

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

1. Draw the process flow diagram of pulp making & explain various Process
2. Draw the process flow diagram of paper mill & explain various Process
3. Draw the process flow diagram of cement mill and explain various processes
4. Draw the process flow diagram of steel mill and explain process involved
5. Describe with a block diagram solar powered pump drives

Cognitive Level: APPLICATION


1.Justify selectionof motors in Paper mill .
2.Justify selectionof motors in cement mill .
3.Justify selection of motors in sugar mill
4.Justify the selection of motor for reverse hot rolling
5.Justify the selection of motor for reverse cold rolling,

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 16


6.Justify the selection of motor forcontinuous hot rolling
7.Justify the selection of motor forcontinuous cold rolling
8.Justify the selection of motor for steel mills
9.Justify the selection of motorforelectric hoisting crane
10. Justify the selection of motorfor electric centrifugal pump
11. Justify the selection of motorfor high speed compressor

CO3- Differentiate various control systems


Unit III -CONTROL SYSTEM

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER

1. Define open loop and closed loop system


2. Draw the symbols used in motor control circuit-on and off Pushbutton, contactor, coil, limit
switch, time delay relay, &floatSwitch, flow switch.

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


1. Explain open loop control system with a block diagram
2. Explain closed loop control system with a block diagram
3. List differences between open loop and closed loop system
4. Explain temperature control with a neat diagram
5. Explain water level control
6. Describe automatic control system with example
7. Describe speed control of induction motor with example
8. Describe the operation of float switchwith diagram
9. Describe the operation of pressure switch with diagram
10. Describe the operation of limit switch with diagram
11. Describe the operation of thermostat with diagram
12. Draw the diagram and explain electromagnetic contactor
13. Draw the diagram and explain overload relays

CO4- Develop motor control circuits


Unit IV - DEVELOPMENT O F CONTROL CIRCUIT

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

1. Draw schematic and ladder diagram of 3phase motor control circuit


2. Describe steps involved in developing ladder diagram
3. Define two wire and three wire control
4. Describe expanding an existing circuit taking anexample
5. Define Motor control centre-draw the layout of plant level power distribution and explain
6. Draw the block diagram of thyristor converter controlled DC motor driveand explain it.
7. Draw the block diagram of GTO inverter controlled induction motor drive and explain it

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 17


Cognitive Level: APPLICATION
1. Develop control circuits for Control of motor from one location
2. Develop control circuits for Control of motor from different location
3. Control of motor with pushbutton interlocking
4. Develop control circuits for DOL starter
5. Develop control circuit of FORWARD and REVERESE motor control,
6. Develop control circuit of Fully automatic star delta starter
7. Develop control circuit of Three speed motor control,
8. Develop control circuit of Automatic plugging control
9. Develop control circuit of Jogging control
10. Develop control circuit of sequence speed motor control

CO5- Illustrate computer based industrial control


Unit V - COMPUTER BASED INDUSTRIAL CONTROL

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

1. Draw the Basic structure of computer based system and explain


2. Draw the block diagram and explain computer integrated manufacturing
3. Draw the block diagram and explain centralised computer control system
4. Draw the block diagram of and explain Distributed digital control system
5. Draw the block diagram and explain Hierarchial control system
6. Draw the block diagram of and explain Intelligent control system
7. Explain with block diagram configuration of digital control scheme
8. Draw the block diagram of Micro controller based DC motor speed control and explain
9. Explain fuzzy logic architecture with block diagram

Cognitive Level: APPLICATION


1. Draw and explain application of microprocessors / computers in electrical drives control, of
Switch reluctance motors
2. Draw and explain application of microprocessors / computers in electrical drives control, of
permanent magnet brushless dc motors
3. Draw the block diagram of thermal power plant automation system and explain it

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 18


CO6- Describe Electric traction
Unit VI -ELECTRIC TRACTION

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER

1) List the different systems of traction


2) Mention the importance of electric traction
3) List advantages and disadvantages of Electric Traction
4) Define the terms- max speed, scheduled speed, average speed acceleration ,retardation .
5) Define tractive effort

6) List the important requirements of traction drives


7) Define electric braking,
8) List the advantages and disadvantages of electric braking,
9) List the types of Electric braking

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


1) Draw the block diagram and Explain 25 KV, 50 Hz, AC single phase to 3 phase AC
2) Draw the block diagram and Explain 25 KV, 50 Hz, AC single phase to DC
3) Draw the block diagram and Explain Diesel electric traction
4) Draw the block diagram and Explain DC traction at 750 vand1500 v DC
5) Define and explain speed time curve
6) Derive an expression for maximum speed
7) Draw and compare speed time curve fora)City: Service or Urban serviceb) Sub Urban
Servicec) Main Line Service
8) Explain Total tractive effort with respect to acceleration, gradient, train
resistance.[FT=FA+FR±FG]
9) Explain the nature of traction load
10) Explain pulgging
11) Describe with diagram how Rheostatic or dynamic braking is obtained witha) DC Series
Motor
12) b) 3 Phase squirrel cage /slip ring Induction Motor]
13) Describe with diagram how regenerative braking is obtained with
a) DC Series Motor
b) 3 Phase Induction Motor [squirrel cage induction motor
14) Describe chopper controlled drive for D.C. motors with composite braking for D.C
Traction system
15) Describe pwm voltage source inverter [VSI] induction motor drive for A.C.Traction
system
16) Explain with diagram current collection through single arm pantograph(Faively)
17) Explain with diagram current collection through 3rd rail or conductor’s rail sys
18) Describe the train lighting –A) auxiliary converter system [electric trains]
19) b) alternator[axle mounted]

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 19


20) Problems on Maximum speed .

Cognitive Level: APPLICATION


1) Enumerate the various motor used in traction

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 20


Model Question Paper:
Code:15EE61T
VI Semester Examination
Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.
Time: 3 Hours
Max Marks: 100

Note: i) Answer any SIX questions from PART - A. Each question caries 5 marks.
ii) Answer any SEVEN Questions from PART - B. Each question caries 10 marks.
PART – A

1. List the requirement of variable speed drive


2. Draw the process flow diagram of cement mill
3.Justify the selection of motorfor high speed compressor
4. Draw the symbols used in motor control circuit-on and off Pushbutton, contactor coil,
limit switch, time delay relay
5. Define Motor control centre-draw the layout of plant level power distribution and explain
6. Develop control circuit of Jogging control
7. Draw the Basic structure of computer based system and explain
8. List advantages and disadvantages of Electric Traction
9. Enumerate the various motor used in traction.

PART – B

10 a )Describe AC drives and DC drives 5


marks

b) Define open loop and closed loop system 5 marks


11)Explain the functions of various power modulators

12Draw the process flow diagram ofpaper mill & explain various Process 10 marks
13 a) Justify the selection of motor for reverse hot rolling 5 marks

b) Justify the selection of motor for reverse cold rolling 5 marks


14 a) Draw the diagram and explain electromagnetic contactor 5 marks

b) Draw the diagram and explain overload relays 5 marks


15 Describe expanding an existing circuit taking an example 10 marks
16 a) Develop control circuits for DOL starter 5 marks
b) Draw the block diagram of thermal power plant automation system 5 marks
17 Explain with block diagram configuration of digital control scheme 10 marks
18 Describe pwm voltage source inverter [VSI] induction motor drive for A.C.Traction system
10 marks

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 21


19 A train has a schedule speed of 60 KMPH between stops 6kms apart . Find the Maximum
speed when acceleration is 2 KMPHPS retardation is 3 KMPHPS . stop time is 60 seconds .
Assume Trapezoidal speed time curve

---- XXX ------

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE61T Page 22


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title: BASIC MANAGEMENT


SKILLS & ENERGY Course Code : 15EE62T
MANAGEMENT
Semester : VI Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) :4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course :Lecture +Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks
Programme: Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.

Pre-requisites : Renewable energy sources, utilisation of electric energy

Course Objectives : Learn basic management skill ,Suggest methods of energy


conservation, safety management

COURSE TOPICS:

Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS 10

MAINTENANCE AND TOTAL QUALITY


2 MANAGEMENT
08

3 ENERGY MANAGEMENT 05

4 ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSERVATION 16

5 ENERGY AUDIT 06

6 SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 07

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 1


Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Describe basics of management skills


2. Understand Maintenance and TQM
3. Explain energy management
4. Describe energy conservation in electrical engineering sectors
5. Understand energy audit
6. Illustrate safety measures and use of computer in energy management

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Weightage (%) Total Marks


Educational Component
No. (Out of 145)
1 Remembering 40 50
2 Understanding 40 70
3 Application/ Analysis 20 25
Total 100 145

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level
Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

Course Outcome CL Linked PO Teaching Hrs


CO1
Describe basics of management skills R/U 5, 10 10

CO2 Understand Maintenance and TQM R/U 2,5,10 08

CO3 Explain energy management R/U 5, 10 05

Describe energy conservation in


CO4
electrical engineering sectors R/U/A 2,5,10 16

C05 Understand energy audit U/A 2, 4,7 ,10 06

Illustrate safety measures and use of 07


C06 R/U/A 5,6,10
computer in energy management

Total sessions 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Questions to Questions to
Max. 5 10 be set for be set for Marks

Hour
Marks Marks
Unit

Marks Weighta
Unit Name R/U/A (5marks ) (10marks)
per Qns. Qns. ge
PART - A PART - B
Unit (%)
Part A Part B R U A R U A
BASIC MANAGEMENT
1 R/U 10 30 2 2 1 1 1 1 21
SKILLS
MAINTENANCE AND
2 TOTAL QUALITY R/U 8 20 1 1.5 1 0.5 1 14
MANAGEMENT
3 ENERGY MANAGEMENT R/U 5 15 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 0 10
ELECTRICALENERGY
4 R/U/A 16 40 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 28
CONSERVATION
5 ENERGY AUDIT R/U/A 6 20 2 1 0.5 1 0.5 0 1 0 14
SAFETY AND
6 ENVIRONMENTAL R/U/A 7 20 1 1.5 1 1 0.5 14
ISSUES
9 10
TOTAL 52 145 9 10
(45 Marks) (100 Marks)

Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
BMS &
0 3 0 1 3 1 1 0 0 3
EM

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.


Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given
PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level
3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at
Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at
Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-
addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 4


Course Content:
Unit –I
BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS (10 Hrs)

Describe different skills, Importance of Knowing yourself, process of knowing yourself


SWOT Analysis, Benefits of swot analysis, usage of swot analysis, perception, and how to
improve perception, communication-Channels of communication. Formal and informal
communication, Barriers to communication, effective communication, Team building- ,
aspects of team building, skill needed for team building, Model of team building,
characteristics of effective team, role of team members

Unit –II

MAINTENANCE AND TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (8 Hrs)

Maintenance, types of maintenance, breakdown maintenance quality, objectives, cost balance


and relation between cost and quality, concept of TQM, TQM elements, tools and
techniques of TQM, features of TQM, TQM tools -flow charts , pereto charts. Kaizen and
Six sigma, Quality Management System, ISO 9000:2000 Quality Standards, Procedures and
Documentation of ISO 9000 certification

Unit –III
ENERGY MANAGEMENT (5 Hrs)

Energy management and its importance, energy conservation and its need, Methodology of
energy management, energy management techniques, energy crisis, causes of energy crisis,
Energy management software(EMS) various stages of EMS, Describe Energy and facility
management system(EFMS), purpose of EFMS, Methodology of EFMS, Processes in EFMS,
block diagram of EFMS, components &applications of EFMS

Unit –IV
ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSERVATION (16 Hrs)

Need of energy conservation in India, ENERGY CONSERVATION ACT 2001, the national
role of IRDEA (Indian renewable energy development agency) in energy conservation,
Energy conservation in T&D lines, measures to optimize T&D losses, Energy conservation in
industries, role of power factor improvement in energy conservation, energy conservation in
domestic sector, industrial sector, agriculture sector, Energy efficiency- its significance
energy efficient devices, energy efficient motors and applications, selection of electric drives,
energy conservation in electric drive, energy efficient lighting sources, power quality and its
parameters, power quality measurable quantities, power quality problems and its remedies,
pricing of electricity

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 5


Unit –V
ENERGY AUDIT (6 Hrs)

Need for energy audit, scope and types of energy audit, Methodology, demand side
management (DSM), need for DSM and benefits of DSM, DSM implementation strategy,
DSM implementation of program

Unit –VI
SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES (7 Hrs)

Safety measures, accident and loss of accident, causes of accident &prevention of accident,
role of safety in an industry, general functions of safety committee, role of a safety committee,
safety measures in industries , Ozone layer and process of depletion & Effects of ozone layer
depletion, Global warming ,effects of global warming, need for environmental assessment,
Methods of carrying out EIA process.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 6


Reference Books:
1 Basic management skills and Indian constitution B A Srinivas
2 Basic management skills and Indian constitution Mundas and Muller

3 Energy management Umeshrathore

4 Energy conservation and Management Suresh kumarsoni and Manoj nair


5 Electrical estimation and specification M.Raghunathrao
Raghavendrarao
6 Electrical estimation and specification
7 Soft Skills- Dr. K. Alex, S Chand & Company Ltd.
8 Total Quality Management Prof. Dr. H D Ramachandra

S Raja Ram, M Shivashankar


9 Total Quality Management
10 Industrial Engg. &Mgmt Science T R Banga& SC Sharma.

e-Resources:

1. www.globalgoodfund.org
2. www.isdm.org.in/leadership-developmen
3. www.isixsigma.com
4. www.inc.com/encyclopedia/total-quality-management-tqm
5. indian-electricity-rules-2010-free-download
6. www.mahaurja.com/PDF/needec.pdf
7. https://beeindia.gov.in/sites/default/files/1Ch3.pdf
8. https://kalyan07.wordpress.com/.../introduction-to-demand-side-management-
benefits

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 7


Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group
discussion, exercises and student activities, assignments.

Course Assessment and Evaluation:

Course
To Max Evidence
What Frequency Outcom
Whom Marks Collected
es
Three IA tests
for Theory:
CIE (Average Blue
I A Tests 20 1 to 6
(Conti marks of Three Books
nuous Tests to be
Student computed).
Interna
s
l Student Report of
Dire Evalua 05 1 to 6
ct Student Activity 2 pages
tion) Activity
Asse
ssme TOTAL 25
nt
SEE
(Semes
Answer
ter Stud End Of the
End Exam 100 Scripts at 1 to 6
End ents Course
BTE
Exami
nation)

Indi Student Feedback on Middle Of


Feed Back Forms 1 to 6
rect course The Course
Stud
Asse
ents
ssme End Of The
End Of Course Survey Questionnaires 1 to 6
nt Course

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination


Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks evaluated through appropriate rubrics.
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions & Assessment
Methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 8


Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:

Lesson
No./ Duration
Contents
Session
No.
Unit I BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS 10Hours
Describe different skills-interpersonal skills, team working,
negotiation skills, communication skills, time management, stress
1. management 01 Hour
Describe Importance of Knowing yourself,
Understand the process of knowing yourself Ref:1,2
Define SWOT Analysis,
2. List the Benefits of SWOT analysis, 01 Hour
Enumerate usage of SWOT analysis Ref:1,2
3. Define perception, and how to improve perception 01 Hour

Define communication- Special features of communication. 01 Hour


4.
Describe Communication process- Ref:1,2
01 Hour
List the Channels of communication.
5.
Explain Formal and informal communication networkRef:1,2

List the various Barriers to communication and explain- 01 Hour


6.
7. Explain how to overcome barriers to communication
01 Hour
List and Explain Types of effective communication Ref:1,2
Describe team building- 01 Hour
8.
List and Explain aspects of team building
List and Explain skill needed for teamRef:1,2
9. 01 Hour
Describe a model of team building. Ref:1,2
10. List the characteristics of effective team 01 Hour
List and explain role of team membersRef:1,2
MAINTENANCE AND TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 08 Hours
UNIT II
Define maintenance and list types of maintenance
11. 01 Hour
Explain breakdown maintenance Ref:1,2
List and explain preventive maintenance 01 Hour
12. List and explain predictive maintenance
List the advantages of preventive maintenance Ref:1,2

Define quality, objectives and advantages of quality control 01 Hour


13. Define cost balance and relation between cost and quality Ref:1,2

Explain the concept of TQM 01 Hour


List and explain TQM elements
14.
List the tools and techniques of TQM
List the features of TQM Ref:1,2 ,8

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 9


Explain TQM tools -flow charts, Pereto charts, Ref:1,2,8 01 Hour
15.

01 hour
16. Explain TQM tools –Kaizen and Six-sigma Ref:1,2

Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000, 01 hour


17.
ISO 9001 & ISO 9004 Ref:1,2
Explain procedures and documentation involved in ISO 9000 01 hour
18.
series certification. Ref:1,2
05-
UNIT-III ENERGY MANAGEMENT
HOURS
Define of energy management and its importance
19. Describe energy conservation and its need 01 Hour
List the methodology of energy management Ref:3
List and describe energy management techniques 01 Hour
20. Describe energy crisis and explain the causes of energy crisisRef:3

Explain Energy management software(EMS) 01 Hour


21. List and explain various stages of EMS Ref:3

Describe Energy and facility management system(EFMS)


Describe the purpose of EFMS,
22.
Describe methodology of EFMS 01 Hour
Describe processes in EFMS Ref:3
Draw the block diagram of EFMS
23. 01 Hour
List the components of EFMS, applications of EFMS Ref:3

UNIT IV ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSERVATION 16Hour

Discuss need of energy conservation in India and


Explain Need for energy conservation 01 Hour
24.
List salient features of ENERGY CONSERVATION ACT2001
Ref 3,Ref 4
List the national institutions promoting energy conservation 01 Hour
25. Describe role of IRDEA(Indian renewable energy development
agency)in energy conservation Ref 3
Explain Energy conservation in T&D lines. 01 Hour
26.
List the measures to optimize T&D losses Ref 4
List and explain the steps used for Energy conservation in 01 Hour
27.
industries Ref 3 Ref: 4
Explain importance of power factor improvement in energy 01 Hour
28.
conservation Ref 3 Ref4
List and explain electrical energy conservation in domestic sector
29. 01 Hour
Ref 4

List the tips for electrical energy conservation in industrial sector 01 Hour
30.
Ref 4

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 10


List the tips for electrical energy conservation in agricultural
01 Hour
31. sector Ref 4

Explain Energy efficiency- its significance 01 Hour


32.
List the Need for energy efficient devices. Ref 4 ,Ref 3
Describe energy efficient motors
33. List the applications of circumstances where energy efficient 01 Hour
motor are used Ref 4
List the steps in selection of electric drives
34. List the steps to achieve energy conservation in electric drive 01 Hour
Ref 4
Describe energy efficient lighting sources 01 Hour
35.
List the various energy efficient sources Ref 3
Advantages of LED, and CFL over Incandescent lamp 01 Hour
36.
Ref 3
Describe energy efficient lighting equipment’s and controls Ref 01 Hour
37.
3
Define power quality, and its parameters
38. List the power quality measurable quantities 01 Hour
List the sources of power quality problems and its remedies Ref 3
39. Explain various factors affecting pricing of electricity Ref 3 01 Hour

UNIT V ENERGY AUDIT 06Hours

Explain the Need for energy audit


01 Hour
40. List the scope of energy audit
List the Types of energy audit Ref 3 Ref4
Define energy audit 01 Hour
41.
Explain Methodology of energy audit Ref 3
Explain preliminary audit 01 Hour
42. Explain general audit or mini audit
Explain investment grade/comprehensive audit Ref 3
Explain demand side management(DSM) 01 Hour
43. Describe the need for DSM
List the benefits of DSM Ref 4
Explain DSM 5 steps in planning and implementation
44. Draw the block diagram and explain DSM Programme design 01 Hour
process Ref 3
45. Describe DSM implementation strategy, typical level of effort in
01 Hour
implementation of program Ref 3
UNIT VI SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 07Hours

Explain need for safety measures 01 Hour


46.
Define accident and loss due to accident Ref 1
List the causes of accident
47. List the prevention of accident 01 Hour
List the role of safety in an industry Ref 1
List the general functions of safety committee 01 Hour
48.
Describe role of a safety committee Ref 1

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 11


49. List and explain safety measures in industries Ref 1 01 Hour

Explain Ozone layer and process of depletion


50. Effects of ozone layer depletion 01 Hour
Explain causes and effects of Ozone layer Ref 3
Explain Global warming 01 Hour
51.
Explain the effects of global warming Ref 3
Explain the need for environmental assessment 01 Hour
52.
Enumerate methods of carrying out EIA Ref 3

Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages self HAND WRITTEN report):

1) Visit nearby industry study about different maintenance procedure followed


2) Prepare a comprehensive report on TQM
3) Conduct energy audit in your institute submit report
4) Describe safety procedures in electrical laboratory
5) Describe FIRST AID procedure during electric shock
6) Describe renewable energy resources for energy conservation
7) Explain inventory management techniques
8) Explain production planning analysis of make-buy decision
Visit one ISO certified company and submit a report

MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY ( Course Coordinator)

Dimen Scale Students score


sion (Group of five
students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary

1 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 3

2 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 2

3 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 5

4 Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor Descriptor 4

Note: Concerned faculty (Course coordinator) must devise appropriate 14/4


rubrics/criteria for assessing Student activity for 5 marks =3.5
One activity on any one CO (course outcome) may be given to a group of FIVE students ≈4

Grand Average/Total

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 12


Example only: MODEL OF RUBRICS / CRITERIA FOR ASSESSING STUDENT ACTIVITY-
Task given- Industrial visit and report writing
Dimensi Scale Students score
on (Five students)
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 345
Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary
1.Organi Has not Has Has Has Has 3
sation included included included included included all
relevant info few relev some relev many relev relevant
ant info ant info ant info info needed
2. Fulfill Does not Performs Performs Performs Performs 2
team’s perform any very little partial nearly all all duties of
roles & duties duties duties duties assigned
duties assigned team roles

3.Conclu Poor Less Partially Summarise Most 5


sion Effective effective s but not Effective
exact.
4.Conve Frequent More Some Occasional No Error 4
nsions Error Error Error Error
Total marks 14/4=3.5
≈4

FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)


Test/Date and
Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Time

BASIC MANAGEMENT
th VI SEM SKILLS &ENERGY
Ex: I test/6 weak
20
of sem 10-11 Am MANAGEMENT
Year:
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:__ CO’s:____

Questio
Question MARKS CL CO PO
n no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal Choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 13


MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


BASIC MANAGEMENT
1st Test/ 6 th week, VI SEM, E & E Engg. SKILLS &ENERGY
DD/MM/YYYY, 10-11 20
MANAGEMENT
AM
Year: 2015-16 Course code:15EE62T
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :1 and 2
Course Outcomes : 1 and 2
Instruction :(1). Answer all questions (2). Each question carries five marks
Question
Question CL CO PO
No.
1 List the characteristics of effective team R 1 5, 10
2 Explain Formal and informal communication network U 1 5, 10

3 Explain Maintenance and explain the concept of TPM R 2 2,5,10

4 Explain concept of TQM U 2 2,5,10


{Or}
Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000,
ISO 9001 & ISO 9004 U
CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 14


MODEL QUESTION PAPER BANK:

Course Title: BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS &


Course Code: 15EE62T
ENERGY MANAGEMENT

CO1- Describe basics of management skills


Unit I- BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. List the Benefits of SWOT analysis


2. Enumerate usage of SWOT analysis
3. Define perception
4. Define SWOT Analysis
5. Define communication
6. List Special features of communication
7. List the Channels of communication
8. List the various Barriers to communication
9. List the Types of effective communication
10. List the aspects of team building
11. List the skill needed for team
12. List the characteristics of effective team
13. List the role of team members

Cognitive Level: Understanding


1. Describe interpersonal skills
2. Describe Team working
3. Describe Negotiation skills
4. Describe Communication skills
5. Describe Time management
6. Describe Stress management
7. Describe Importance of Knowing yourself
8. Explain the process of knowing yourself
9. Explain how to improve perception
10. Explain Formal and informal communication network
11. Explain the various Barriers to communication
12. Explain how to overcome barriers to communication
13. Explain Types of effective communication
14. Describe team building
15. Explain aspects of team building
16. Explain skill needed for team
17. Describe a model of team building
18. Explain role of team members
19.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 15


CO2- Understand Maintenance and TQM
UNIT II- MAINTENANCE AND TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. Define maintenance
2. List types of maintenance
3. List preventive maintenance
4. List predictive maintenance
5. List the advantages of preventive maintenance
6. Define quality control
7. List the objectives of quality control
8. List the advantages of quality control
9. Define cost balance
10. Explain the concept of TQM
11. List TQM elements
12. List the tools and techniques of TQM

List the features of TQM


Cognitive Level: Understanding

1. Explain planned maintenance and predictive maintenance


2. Explain the relation between cost & quality
3. Explain briefly tools & techniques of TQM
4. Explain briefly I.S.O 9000:2000 Quality Standards – ISO 9000, ISO 9001 & ISO 9004
5. Explain procedures and documentation involved in ISO 9000 series certification
6. Explain breakdown maintenance
7. Explain preventive maintenance.
8. Explain predictive maintenance
9. Explain relation between cost and quality
10. Explain TQM elements
11. Explain flow charts
12. Explain pereto charts

CO3- Explain energy management


UNIT-III- ENERGY MANAGEMENT

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. List the methodology of energy management


2. List energy management techniques
3. List various stages of EMS
4. Draw the block diagram of EFMS
5. List the components of EFMS
6. List the applications of EFMS

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 16


Cognitive Level: Understanding
1. Define of energy management and its importance
2. Describe energy conservation and its need
3. Explain needs of energy conservation
4. Describe energy crisis
5. Explain the causes of energy crisis
6. Describe energy management techniques
7. Explain Energy management software(EMS)
8. Explain various stages of EMS
9. Describe Energy and facility management system(EFMS)
10. Describe the purpose of EFMS
11. Describe methodology of EFMS
12. Describe processes in EFMS

CO4- Describe energy conservation in electrical engineering sectors


UNIT IV- ELECTRICAL ENERGY CONSERVATION

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. List salient features of ENERGY CONSERVATION ACT 2001


2. List the national institutions promoting energy conservation
3. List the measures to optimize T&D losses
4. List the steps used for Energy conservation in industries
5. List the electrical energy conservation in domestic sector
6. List the tips for electrical energy conservation in industrial sector
7. List the tips for electrical energy conservation in agricultural sector
8. List the Need for energy efficient devices.
9. List the applications of circumstances where energy efficient motor are used
10. List the steps in selection of electric drives
11. List the steps to achieve energy conservation in electric drive
12. List the various energy efficient sources
13. List the power quality measurable quantities
14. List the sources of power quality problems and its remedies

Cognitive Level: Understanding

1. Discuss need of energy conservation in India


2. Explain Need for energy conservation
3. Describe role of IRDEA(Indian renewable energy development agency)in energy
conservation
4. Explain Energy conservation in T&D lines
5. Explain the steps used for Energy conservation in industries
6. Explain importance of power factor improvement in energy conservation
7. Explain electrical energy conservation in domestic sector
8. Explain Energy efficiency- its significance
9. Describe energy efficient motors
10. Describe energy efficient lighting sources

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 17


Cognitive Level: Application /Analyze

1. Compare EEM with Standard motors


2. Compare EEL with Incandescent light source
3. Explain Energy conservation in T&D lines
4. Explain the steps used for Energy conservation in industries
5. Explain importance of power factor improvement in energy conservation
6. Explain electrical energy conservation in domestic sector
7. Explain Energy efficiency- its significance

CO5- Understand energy audit


UNIT V- ENERGY AUDIT

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. List the scope of energy audit


2. List the Types of energy audit
3. Define energy audit
4. List the benefits of DSM
5. Draw the block diagram

Cognitive Level: Understanding


1. Explain the Need for energy audit
2. Explain Methodology of energy audit
3. Explain investment grade/comprehensive audit
4. Explain preliminary audit
5. Explain general audit or mini audit
6. Explain demand side management(DSM)
7. Describe the need for DSM
8. Explain 5 steps of DSM in planning and implementation
9. Describe DSM implementation strategy
10. Explain DSM implementation of program
11. Explain DSM Programme design process

Cognitive Level: Application/Analyze


1. Explain demand side management(DSM)
2. Explain DSM implementation strategy
3. Explain DSM implementation of program
4. Explain DSM Programme design process

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 18


CO6- Illustrate safety measures and use of computer in energy management
UNIT VI- SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES

Cognitive Level: Remember

1. List the role of safety in an industry


2. List the causes of accident
3. List the prevention of accident
4. List the general functions of safety committee
5. List safety measures in industries
6. Enumerate methods of carrying out EIA

Cognitive Level: Understanding

1. Explain accident and loss due to accident


2. Explain need for safety measures
3. Describe role of a safety committee
4. Explain Ozone layer and process of depletion
5. Explain Effects of ozone layer depletion
6. Explain causes and effects of Ozone layer
7. Explain Global warming
8. Explain the effects of global warming
9. Explain the need for environmental assessment
10. Explain safety measures in industries

Cognitive Level: Application/Analyze

1. Explain Effects of ozone layer depletion


2. Explain causes and effects of Ozone layer
3. Explain Global warming
4. Explain the effects of global warming
5. Explain the need for environmental assessment
6. Explain safety measures in industries

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 19


Model Question Paper:
Code: 15EE62T
V Semester Diploma Examination
BASIC MANAGEMENT SKILLS AND ENERGY MANAGEMENT [Time: 3 Hours]
[Max. Marks: 100]
Note: (i) Answer any SIX questions from Part – A.(Each question carries 5 marks)
(ii) Answer any SEVEN questions from Part – B. (Each question carries 10 marks)

PART - A

1 List the Benefits of SWOT analysis 5

2 Describe Time management 5

3 Differentiate between planned maintenance and predictive maintenance. 5

4 Draw the block diagram of EFMS 5

5 List the electrical energy conservation in domestic sector 5

6 Explain Energy efficiency and its significance 5

7 List the benefits of Demand Side Management 5

8 Explain investment grade/comprehensive audit 5

9 List the role of safety in an industry 5

PART - B
i)List the preventive maintenance schedule
1 10
ii)List the predictive maintenance schedule
2 Explain flow charts and pereto charts 10

3 Explain the relation between cost & quality 10

4 List safety measures followed in industries 10

i. List the tips for electrical energy conservation in industrial sector 5


5
ii. List the tips for electrical energy conservation in agricultural sector 5
Describe role of IRDEA(Indian renewable energy development agency)in energy
6 10
conservation
i. Discuss need of energy conservation in India 5
7
ii. Explain Need for energy conservation 5
i. Describe energy crisis 5
8
ii. Explain the causes of energy crisis 5
i. Describe DSM implementation strategy 5
9
ii. Explain DSM implementation of program 5

10 Explain Ozone layer and process of depletion of ozone 10

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE62T Page 20


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title: MECHATRONICS Course Code : 15EE63A


Semester : VI Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) :4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course :Lecture +Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks
Programme: Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.

Pre-requisites : Knowledge on basics of electrical engineering, analog and digital


electronics.

Course Objectives : To understand the various Transducers, Sensors, Actuation


system. Also, to introduce the concept of Signal conditioning, data
acquisition and data presentation along with PLC and MEMS used
in Mechatronics system.

COURSE TOPICS:

Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 Introduction to Mechatronics System 05

2 Transducers and Sensors 13

Signal Conditioning ,Data Acquisition and data


3 10
presentation

4 Actuation system 08

5 Applications of Mechatronics system 06

6 PLC and MEMS 10

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 1


Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Remember the basics of Mechatronics measurement system

2. Understand the working of various Transducers and Sensors

3. Perform data acquisition, signal conditioning and data representation

4. Analyse the working of various actuation system

5. Understand the applications of Mechatronics system

6. Illustrate applications of PLC and MEMS

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Total Marks


Educational Component Weightage (%)
No. (Out of 145)
1 Remembering 15 15

2 Understanding 70 70

3 Application/ Analysis 60 60

Total 100 145

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level
Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

CL Linked PO Teaching
Hrs

Remember the basics of


CO1 Mechatronics measurement R 2,10 05
system
Understand the working of
CO2 U/A 2,4,5, 10 13
various Transducers and Sensors
Perform data acquisition, signal
CO3 conditioning and data R/U 2, 4,5,10 10
representation
Analyse the working of various
CO4 U/A 4,5,10 08
actuation system
Understand the applications of
C05 U/A 4,5,8 10 06
Mechatronics system
Illustrate applications of PLC
C06 R/U/A 4,5, 810 10
and MEMS

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Question Questions to
5 10 s to be set be set for Mar
Max. for
Mar Mar ks
Mar (5marks ) (10marks)
Un Unit R/U/ Ho ks ks Weig
ks
it Name A ur Qns. Qns. PART - PART - B htag
per
A e
Unit
Part Part R U A R U A (%)
A B
Introdu
ction to
1 R 5 10 1 0.5 1 0 0.5 7
Mechatron
ics System
Transdu
2 cers and U/A 13 35 1 3 0 1 0 1 2 24
Sensors
Signal
Conditioni
ng , Data
3 Acquisitio R/U 10 30 2 2 1 1 1 1 0 21
n and data
presentati
on
Actuati
4 U/A 8 20 1 1.5 0 1 0 0 1.5 14
on system
Applica
tions of
5 Mechatron U/A 6 20 2 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 14
ics
system
PLC
R/U/
6 and 10 30 2 2 1 1 1 1 21
A
MEMS
9 10
TOTAL 52 145 9 10 (45
(100 Marks)
Marks)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 4


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

MECHATRONICS 0 3 0 3 3 0 0 2 0 3

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.


Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 5


Course Content:
Unit –I
Introduction to Mechatronics System (5 Hrs)

Definition and scope, Evolution levels, advantages and disadvantages of mechatronics,


component of mechatronics system with example. Introduction to measurement system and
its applications. Control system- open and closed loop system (Digital closed loop control
system), adaptive control system.
Unit –II
Transducers and Sensors (13 Hrs)

Introduction, definition and classification of Transducers. Measurement versus Transduction


methods, selection and specifications of transducer. Electromechanical –Resistance
transducers (linear and angular motion potentiometer), variable inductor transducer (LVDT),
RVDT, synchros, load cells, Capacitive transducer (capacitive tachometer). Piezoelectric
transducers-materials, properties and working of piezoelectric device, digital transducers.
Advantages and disadvantages of piezoelectric transducers. Piezoelectric accelerometer,
Hall effect transducers. Photoelectric transducer – photoelectric tachometer. Strain gauges-
types, requirements, wheat stone bridge (null mode).Sensors- definition, types and selection
of sensors. Proximity sensor (eddy current proximity sensor), light sensor-digital optical
encoder, temperature sensor- bimetallic strips, Resistance Temperature detectors (RTDs),
thermistor and thermocouples.
Unit –III
Signal Conditioning, Data Acquisition and data presentation (10 Hrs)

Measurement system components, Necessity of signal conditioning. process adopted in


signal conditioning. Function of signal conditioning equipments. AC and DC signal
conditioning system. Data acquisition-introduction, DAQ system. Analog to digital
conversion (ADC)-digital signal, ADC process, components, A/D converter- successive
approximation type. Digital to analog conversion- R -2R ladder DAC. Data presentation-
General aspects, electrical indicating instruments, electrical analog and digital instruments,
Recorder, printer and display system.

Unit –IV
Actuation system (8 Hrs)

Introduction –types, Mechanical actuators – Kinematic link, Kinematic chain –types, gear
drive –introduction, types Gear train –definition, types. Belt and belt drive. Chain and chain
drives, bearings. Electrical actuators-types, switching devices –mechanical switches, solid
state switches, drives. Solenoid Relays. Hydraulic actuators - components of hydraulic
system, hydraulic valves - spool valve, poppet valve. Linear actuators –single rod single
acting cylinder, single rod double acting cylinder. Pneumatic actuators- comparison of
Hydraulic and Pneumatic actuators, components of pneumatic system, pneumatic valves –
types fluid control system, current to pressure converter.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 6


Unit –V
Applications of Mechatronics System (6 Hrs)

Introduction to robotics .microprocessor based robotic system, Description of some


electrical, electronics, mechanical systems - automatic camera, automatic washing machine,
car engine management, pick and place robot.

Unit –VI
PLC and MEMS (10 Hrs)

Introduction, features, selection of PLC, architecture of PLC, operation cycle of PLC,


advantages and disadvantages of PLC. Programming, ladder diagram-basic logic gates,
timers, internal relay, counters. MEMS-advantages, applications, description of MEMS,
general block diagram, manufacturing of MEMS. MEMS accelerometer, humidity sensor,
smart sensors.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 7


Reference Books:
1.A Text Book of Mechatronics, by R.K. Rajput, SChand and Company Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Mechatronics (Third Edition), by W. Bolton ,Pearson Education , New Delhi.
3. Mechatronics – Principles, Concepts and Applications, byNitaigourPremchandMahalik,
Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi.

e-Resources:
1. www.allaboutmems.com
2. www.mems.org

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 8


Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group
discussion, exercises and student activities, assignments.

Course Assessment and Evaluation:

Course
To Max Evidence
What Frequency Outcom
Whom Marks Collected
es
Three IA tests
for Theory:
(Average Blue
I A Tests 20 1 to 6
marks of Three Books
Tests to be
computed).

Student Report of
05 1 to 6
Student Activity 2 pages
Activity
TOTAL 25

Answer
End Of the
End Exam 100 Scripts at 1 to 6
Course
BTE

Student Feedback on Middle Of


Feed Back Forms 1 to 6
course The Course

End Of The
End Of Course Survey Questionnaires 1 to 6
Course
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.

Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks evaluated through appropriate rubrics.
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions & Assessment
Methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 9


Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:

Lesson No./ Duration


Contents
Session No.
Unit I Introduction to Mechatronics System 05 Hours
Definition and scope, evolution levels, advantages and
1. disadvantages of mechatronics, component of mechatronics 01 Hour
system with example
01 Hour
2. Introduction to measurement system and list the applications
Control system- open and closed loop system (Digital closed 01 Hour
3.
loop control system)
Descriptive and block diagram of adaptive control system 01 Hour
4.
Gain scheduled, self tuning, model reference adaptive control 01 Hour
5.
system
Unit II Transducers and Sensors 13 Hr

6. Introduction, definition and classification of Transducers. 01 Hour


Measurement versus Transduction methods, selection and 01 Hour
7.
specifications of transducer
Electromechanical – Resistance transducers (linear and angular 01Hour
8.
motion potentiometer),
Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT), Rotary 01 Hour
9.
variable differential transformer (RVDT)
Synchros – practical setup, load cells – construction and 01 Hour
10.
working of Hydraulic and strain gauge load cells
Capacitive transducer (capacitive tachometer) and Introduction 01 Hour
11.
to Piezoelectric transducers
Piezoelectric transducers - materials, properties and working of 01Hour
12.
piezoelectric device, digital transducers.
Advantage and disadvantages of piezoelectric transducers. 01 Hour
13.
Piezoelectric accelerometer,
Hall effect transducers. Photoelectric transducer – photoelectric 01 Hour
14.
tachometer.
Strain gauges - types, requirements, wheat stone bridge (null 01 Hour
15.
mode).
Sensors- definition, types and selection of sensors. Proximity 01 Hour
16.
sensor (eddy current proximity sensor),
17. Light sensor - digital optical encoder, 01 Hour
01 Hour
Temperature sensor- bimetallic strips, Resistance Temperature
18. detectors (RTDs), thermistor and thermocouples.

Signal Conditioning, Data Acquisition and data 10 Hr


Unit III
presentation

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 10


Measurement system components, Necessity of signal
19. 01 Hour
conditioning, process adopted in signal conditioning

Function of signal conditioning equipments. AC and DC signal 01 Hour


20.
conditioning system.
Data acquisition -introduction, DAQ system – Data logger, 01 Hour
21.
computer with plug in boards
Analog to digital conversion (ADC) - digital signal, ADC
22. process, components, A/D converter- successive approximation 01 Hour
type
01 Hour
23. Digital to analog conversion (DAC) - R -2R ladder DAC
Data presentation / Display - General aspects, electrical 01 Hour
24.
indicating instruments
25. Analog and digital instruments 01 Hour

26. Recorders – types, X-Y recorder, UV recorder, magnetic tape 01 Hour

27. Printers –dot matrix, Laser and ink jet type 01 Hour

Display system – Light indicators, LED display,5 by 7 dot 01 Hour


28.
matrix LED display
Unit IV Actuation system 08 Hours
Introduction –types, Mechanical actuators – Kinematic link, 01 Hour
29.
Kinematic chain –types
Gear drive –introduction, types, Gear train –definition, types. 01 Hour
30.
Belt and belt drive. Chain and chain drives, bearings.
Electrical actuators-types, switching devices –mechanical 01 Hour
31.
switches ,Solid state switches ,Solenoid Relays.
Drives – Electric motors- AC and DC servo motors, 01 Hour
32.
characteristics, types and applications.
Hydraulic actuators - components of hydraulic system, 01 Hour
33.
hydraulic valves - spool valve, poppet valve.
Linear actuators –single rod single acting cylinder, single rod 01 Hour
34.
double acting cylinder.
Pneumatic actuators- comparison of Hydraulic and Pneumatic 01 Hour
35.
actuators, components of pneumatic system,
Pneumatic valves – types fluid control system, current to
36. pressure converter 01 Hour

Unit V Applications of Mechatronics System 06 Hr


Introduction to robotics – definition, functions, advantage and 01 Hour
37.
disadvantages, classification .
38. robotic system, microprocessor based robotic system 01 Hour

Description of some electrical, electronics, mechanical systems 01 Hour


39.
( block diagram approach)- Automatic camera

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 11


40. Automatic washing machine 01 Hour

41. Car engine management, 01 Hour

42. Pick and place robot and Temperature measurement system 01 Hour

Unit VI PLC and MEMS 09 Hr

43. Introduction, features, selection of PLC 01 Hour

Architecture of PLC, operation cycle of PLC, advantages and 01 Hour


44.
disadvantages of PLC.
45. Programming, ladder diagram - basic logic gates 01 Hour

01 Hour
46. Programming using Timers, internal relay and counters

47. Programming, ladder diagram - basic logic gates 01 Hour

48. Programming using Timers, internal relay and counters 01 Hour

MEMS –Introduction, advantages, applications, description of 01 Hour


49.
MEMS
50. General block diagram, manufacturing of MEMS. 01 Hour

01 Hour
51. Construction and working MEMS accelerometer
01 Hour
52. Construction and working of Humidity sensor, smart sensors
52 HOURS
TOTAL:

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 12


Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages self HAND WRITTEN report):

1. Study and identify the components of a open and closed loop control system with
examples
2. List different kinds of transducers and sensors apart from the curriculum. Explain any
two in detail.
3. Develop one hardware for simple data acquisition system
4. List different kinds of Mechanical Actuation system apart from the curriculum.
Explain any two in detail.
5. Perform the market survey and write brief comparative report on any one mechatronics
application
6. List the various types of PLC’s and briefly write the description on any two branded
PLC
7. List the various types of MEMS sensors and briefly write the description on any two
branded MEMS sensors

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 13


Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 14
FORMAT OF I A TEST QUESTION PAPER (CIE)
Test/Date and
Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks
Time

Ex: I test/6 th week VI SEM


20
of sem 10-11 Am Year:
Name of Course coordinator :
Units:__ CO’s:____

Questio
Question MARKS CL CO PO
n no
1
2
3
4
Note: Internal Choice may be given in each CO at the same cognitive level (CL).

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 15


MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


1st Test/ 6 th week, VI SEM, E & E Engg MECHATRONICS
20
9 Feb 16, 10-11 AM Year: 2016-17 Course code:15EE63A
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :1 and 2
Course Outcomes : 1 and 2
Instruction :(1). Answer all questions (2). Each question carries five marks
Question
Question CL CO PO
No.
1 Define Mechatronics with examples.
R 1 2, 10

2 Describe closed loop control system with example


R
1 2, 10
OR Describe self tuning control system with block diagram
R

3 Relate any 5 measurement versus transduction methods


OR U
2 2, 10
State the factor to considered for selection of sensors
U

4 Explain the working of digital optical encoder with a diagram


A 2 2, 10
CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 16


MODEL QUESTION PAPER BANK:

Course Title: MECHTRONICS Course Code: 15EE63A

CO1- Remember the basics of Mechatronics measurement system


Unit 1 -Introduction to Mechatronics System

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER

1) Define Mechatronics with examples.


2) List the advantage and disadvantages of Mechatronics.
3) State and explain the evolution level of Mechatronics
4) List the components of mechatronics system
5) Label the components of mechatronics system in a block diagram
6) Enumerate and explain briefly the elements of measuring system
7) Describe open loop control system with example
8) Describe closed loop control system with example
9) Describe adaptive control system with block diagram for velocity feedback
10) Describe adaptive control system with descriptive diagram for velocity feedback
11) Describe gain schedule control system with block diagram
12) Describe self tuning control system with block diagram
13) Describe model reference adaptive control system with block diagram

CO2- Understand the working of various Transducers and Sensors


Unit 2 -Transducers andSensors

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

14) Define and classify transducer.


15) Enumerate any 5 measurement versus transduction methods.
16) State the advantage and disadvantages of piezoelectric transducers
17) List different types of Strain gauges
18) Define and classify sensors
19) State the factor to considered for selection of sensors
20) List different types of Proximity sensor
21) List different types of Light sensor
22) List different types of temperature sensor

Cognitive Level: APPLICATION/ANALYSIS

23) Explain different factor to be considered for selection of transducer

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 17


24) Explain linear and angular motion potentiometer resistance transducer
25) Explain Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT)with a diagram.
26) Explain Rotary variable differential transformer (RVDT)with a diagram.
27) Describe practical setup of Synchros with a neat diagram .
28) Explain construction and working of Hydraulic and strain gauge load cells
29) Explain capacitive pick up tachometer with diagram.
30) Explain the working of piezoelectric device.
31) Explain the working of piezoelectric accelerometer with a diagram.
32) Explain Hall effect transducer
33) Explain photoelectric tachometer with diagram.
34) Explain the working of wheat stone bridge as strain -gauge in null mode
35) Explain the working of eddy current proximity sensor with diagram.
36) Explain the working of digital optical encoder with a diagram
37) Briefly explain bimetallic strips with diagram
38) Write a short note on RTD(Resistance Temperature detectors)
39) Explain thermistors
40) Explain thermocouples.

CO3- Perform data acquisition, signal conditioning and data representation


Unit 3 -Signal Conditioning, Data Acquisition And Data Presentation

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

41) Identify the components of Measurement system


42) List different function of signal conditioning equipments
43) Describe data acquisition system.
44) Differentiate ADC and DAC
45) Classify Data presentation methods.
46) List different types of recorders
47) List different types of printers
48) List different types of display systems.
Cognitive Level: APPLICATION/ANALYSIS

49) Write the block diagram of Measurement system components and explain.
50) Discuss the necessity of signal conditioning
51) Explain the process adopted in signal conditioning
52) Explain the function of signal conditioning equipments
53) Explain AC signal conditioning system with a diagram
54) Explain DC signal conditioning system with a diagram
55) Explain the DAQ system with a diagram
56) Explain successive approximation type ADC with a neat diagram.
57) Write R-2R ladder DAC diagram and explain.
58) Explain briefly different types of data presentation methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 18


CO4- Analyse the working of various actuation system
Unit 4 - Actuation system

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

59) List the different types of Mechanical actuators


60) Write a short note on Kinematic link and Kinematic chain
61) Define gear drive and List the different types of Gear drive
62) Differentiate belt drive and chain drives
63) List the different types of bearings.
64) List the different types of electrical actuators
65) List the different types of servomotors
66) applications AC and DC servo motors, characteristics, types and applications
67) List the different types of hydraulic actuators
68) Define linear actuators and List the different types of linear actuators
69) Compare of Hydraulic and Pneumatic actuators
70) List the different types of Pneumatic valves

Cognitive Level: APPLICATION

71) Explain the advantage of solid state switch over mechanical switch
72) Sketch and explain the working of solenoid relay.
73) Explain the components of hydraulic system with a neat diagram.
74) Describe the working of spool valve with a sketch.
75) Describe the working of poppet valve with a sketch.
76) Explain the working of single rod single acting cylinder
77) Explain the working of single rod double acting cylinder
78) Explain components of pneumatic system with a diagram.
79) Explain the fluid control system with a diagram
80) Explain current to pressure converter with a diagram.

CO5- Understand the applications of Mechatronics system


Unit 5 - Applications of Mechatronics System

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

81) Define robotic system.


82) List the advantages and disadvantages of robotic
Cognitive Level: APPLICATION
83) Write classification of robotic
84) Explain the functions of robotics
85) Explain the robotic system
86) Explain microprocessor based robotic system with a block diagram

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 19


87) Explain the working of automatic camera with a block diagram
88) Explain the working of automatic washing machine with a block diagram
89) Explain the working of car engine management with a block diagram
90) Explain the working of pick and place robot with a block diagram
91) Explain the working of temperature measurement system with a block diagram

CO6- Illustrate applications of PLC and MEMS


Unit 6 - PLC and MEMS

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER


92) Define PLC and List the applications.
93) List the features of PLC.
94) List the advantages and disadvantages of PLC
95) List different programming methods of PLC and explain briefly.
96) Define MEMS.
97) List the applications of MEMS.
98) List the advantages of MEMS.
Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
99) Explain the Architecture of PLC with a block diagram.
100) Explain different operation cycles of PLC
101) Explain the counter in PLC.
102) Explain the timer in PLC.
103) Explain the internal relay in PLC.
104) Write the general block diagram of MEMS.
105) Explain the different techniques employed for manufacturing of MEMS
Cognitive Level: APPLICATION
106) Explain how to select PLC for particular application.
107) Analyse ladder diagram for basic logic gates.
108) Explain the assembly language programming for basic gates in PLC.
109) Differentiate on delay and off delay timer in PLC
110) Differentiate up counter and down counter in PLC
111) Explain construction and working MEMS accelerometer with a diagram.
112) Explain construction and working of Humidity sensor with a diagram
113) Explain construction and working of smart sensors with a block diagram

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 20


Model Question Paper:
Code: 15EE63A
VI Semester Examination
Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.
Time: 3 Hours
Max Marks: 100

Note: i) Answer any SIX questions from PART - A. Each question caries 5 marks.
ii) Answer any SEVEN Questions from PART - B. Each question caries 10
marks.

PART – A

1) List the advantage and disadvantages of Mechatronics


2) State the factor to considered for selection of sensors
3) Explain Hall effect transducer
4) Classify Data presentation methods.
5) Explain the data acquisition system with a diagram
6) Compare of Hydraulic and Pneumatic actuators
7) List the advantages and disadvantages of robotic
8) Define PLC and List the applications
9) Analyse ladder diagram for basic logic gates
PART– B

10) (a) Describe closed loop control system with example . (5 M)


(b) Enumerate any 5 measurement versus transduction methods (5 M)
11) (a) Explain the working of wheat stone bridge as strain -gauge in null mode (7 M)
(b) Briefly explain bimetallic strips (3 M)

12) (a) Explain Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) with a diagram. (8 M)
(b) List different types of Light sensor (2 M)

13) (a) List different Function of signal conditioning equipment (6 M)


(b) Differentiate ADC and DAC (4 M)

14) (a) Explain successive approximation type ADC with a neat diagram (7 M)
(b) Discuss the necessity of signal conditioning (3 M)
15) (a) List the different types of Mechanical actuators (5 M)
(b) Sketch and explain the working of solenoid relay. (4 M)

16) (a) Describe the working of spool valve with a sketch. (5 M)


(b) Explain the working of single rod single acting cylinder (5M)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 21


17) Explain the working of automatic camera with a block diagram (10M)
(3 M)
18) (a) Explain the Architecture of PLC with a block diagram (6 M)
(b) Explain different operation cycles of PLC (4 M)

19) (a) Write the general block diagram of MEMS. (3 M)


(b) Explain construction and working MEMS accelerometer with a diagram (7 M)

---- XXX ------

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63A Page 22


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru
Course Title: TESTING, MAINTENANCE
AND CONTROL OF Course Code : 15EE63B
SUBSTATION
Semester : VI Course Group : Elective
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) :4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course :Lecture +Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks
Programme: Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.

Pre-requisites : Knowledge on basics of electrical engineering, Transmission and


Distribution and Switch gear components

Course Objectives : To understand the various Substation components, testing,


maintenance and control of the substation.

COURSE TOPICS:

Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 Introduction to Substation 05

Testing and maintenance of Bus Bars, Isolators


2 08

Testing and maintenance of Circuit Breaker and


3 12
Reactors

4 Testing and maintenance of Protective Relays 10

Testing and maintenance of Current and Voltage


5 13
Transformers and Insulators

6 Substation monitoring and control 04

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 1


Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

1. Remember the basics of substation system

2. Understand the testing and maintenance of bus bars and isolators

3. Understand the testing and maintenance of circuit breakers and reactors

4. Understand the testing and maintenance of protective relays

5. Understand the testing and maintenance of CT, PT and Insulators

6. Analyse the substation monitoring and control

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Total Marks


Educational Component Weightage (%)
No. (Out of 145)
1 Remembering 20 30

2 Understanding 60 90

3 Application/ Analysis 20 25

Total 100 145

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level
Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

Teaching
CL Linked PO
Hrs
Remember the basics of
CO1 R 1,2,10 05
Substation system
Understand the testing and
CO2 maintenance of bus bars, U/A 2,3,4,5,8,910 08
isolators
Understand the testing and
CO3 maintenance of circuit breakers U/A 2,3,4,5,8,910 12
and reactors
Understand the testing and
CO4
maintenance of protective relays U/A 2,3,4,5,8,910 10
Understand the testing and
C05 maintenance of CT, PT and U/A 2,3,4,5,8,910 13
Insulators
Analyse the substation
C06
monitoring and control R/U/A 3,4,5,7,8,9,10 04

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Questions to Questions to be
5 10 be set for set for
Max. (5marks ) (10marks)
Marks Marks Marks
R/U/ Marks
Unit Unit Name Hour Qns. Qns. Weightage
A per PART - A PART - B (%)
Unit
Part A Part B R U A R U A

Introduction to
1 R 5 10 1 0.5 1 0 0 0.5 0 0 7
Substation
Testing and
2 maintenance of Bus U/A 8 25 1 2 0 1 0 0 1 1 17
Bars, Isolators
Testing and
maintenance of
3 U/A 12 30 2 2 0 1 1 0 1 1 21
Circuit Breaker and
Reactors
Testing and
4 maintenance of U/A 10 30 2 2 0 1 1 0 1 1 21
Protective Relays
Testing and
maintenance of
5 Current and Voltage U/A 13 40 2 3 0 1 1 0 1 2 28
Transformers and
Insulators
Substation
R/U/
6 monitoring and 4 10 1 0.5 1 0 0 0.5 0 0 7
A
control

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 4


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TESTING,
MAINTENANCE
AND CONTROL OF 1 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 3 3
SUBSTATION

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.


Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 5


Course Content:
Unit –I
Introduction to Substation System: Definition of substation, necessity of substation,
essential features, types of substation - advantages and disadvantages, single line diagram of
substation, List and functions of each component of substation. Auxiliary systems, Over head
earthing screen, Sub-station earthing system. 05 Hrs

Unit –II
Testing and maintenance of Bus Bars, and Isolators: Types and ratings - Bus bar
configuration, Tests on Bus bars. Types of isolators and ratings, Load Break switches,
Maintenance of isolators. 08 Hrs

Unit –III
Testing and maintenance of Circuit Breaker and Reactors: Circuit breakers -Type Tests,
Routine tests, Short circuit Testing of CB -Direct Testing, Indirect testing, Maintenance of
CBs. Reactors -Routine Tests, Type Tests, Special tests, Loss Measurement and maintenance
of reactors. 12 Hrs
Unit –IV
Testing and maintenance of Protective Relays: Tests on relays, Test equipment, Static
relays, Digital Relays, Maintenance of relays. 10 Hrs

Unit –V
Testing and maintenance of Power Transformers, Current and Voltage Transformers
and Insulators: Preliminary tests, Final tests, Impulse test, Partial discharge test,
Transformer maintenance. Current Transformer tests, Potential Transformer tests. CT and PT
maintenance. Tests and maintenance of insulator. 13Hrs

Unit –VI
Substation monitoring and control: Fault Monitoring, Two Hierarchical levels, Inter level
communication 04Hrs

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 6


Text Books:
1 Switch gear & protection By : Sunil S Rao, Khanna Publishers Ltd, New Delhi

2 Transformers - BHEL Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi

Reference Books:
1. Testing, Commissioning, operation and maintenance of electrical equipment by S.Rao,
Khanna Publishers Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Sub-Station Engineering Design, Concepts & Computer Applications ByEr. R.S.
Dahiya,Er. VinayAttri, S.K. Kataria and Son’s, New Delhi
3. Power Transformers and Special Transformers, By : Sunil S Rao

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 7


Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group
discussion, exercises and student activities, assignments.

Course Assessment and Evaluation:

Course
To Max Evidence
What Frequency Outcom
Whom Marks Collected
es
Three IA tests
for Theory:
(Average Blue
I A Tests 20 1 to 6
marks of Three Books
Tests to be
computed).

Student Report of
05 1 to 6
Student Activity 2 pages
Activity
TOTAL 25

Answer
End Of the
End Exam 100 Scripts at 1 to 6
Course
BTE

Student Feedback on Middle Of


Feed Back Forms 1 to 6
course The Course

End Of The
End Of Course Survey Questionnaires 1 to 6
Course
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination
Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.
Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Blue books ( 20 marks)
2. Student suggested activities report for 5 marks evaluated through appropriate rubrics.
3. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions & Assessment
Methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 8


Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:

Lesson No./ Duration


Contents
Session No.
Unit I Introduction to Substation System 05 Hours
Introduction to the substation. Define substation. List the types
1. of substation. List the specifications of sub-station. Explain the 01 Hour
necessity of substation.
List the essential features of sub-station. Draw the single line
2. diagram of 220KV /11KVSubstation using standard Symbol. 01 Hour
State the function of each component
List the auxiliary systems used in sub stations. Explain 01 Hour
3.
auxiliary ac system. Explain fire fighting system
Explain Transformer water spray system 01 Hour
4.
Explain the function of earthing screen in a substation 01 Hour
5.

Unit II Testing and maintenance of Bus Bars and Isolators 08 Hr


Define bus bars. List the types of bus bars. Define the 01 Hour
following terms (a) Rated voltage of bus bars (b) Rated current
6.
of bus bars (c) Rated frequency of bus bars (d) Rated short
time current of bus bars
List the materials commonly used for Bus bars. List the types 01 Hour
7. of configuration of Bus bars in out door substation List the
differences between Rigid and Flexible Bus bar systems.
Explain (a) Single Bus Bar arrangement (b) Duplicate Bus Bar 01Hour
8.
arrangement (c) Sectionalisation of Bus
Explain (d) Ring Bus (e) One and Half Breaker arrangement (f) 01Hour
9.
Mesh arrangement
Explain temperature rise and Short time current test on Bus 01 Hour
10.
Bars
Explain momentary current, Vibration test and High Voltage 01 Hour
11.
test on Bus Bars
Define Isolator. List the types of Isolators. List the interlock 01 Hour
12.
arrangement to prevent mal-operation of isolator.
Explain the different type of tests on isolators. Explain the use 01Hour
13. of load break switch in sub-station

Unit III Testing and maintenance of Circuit Breaker and Reactors 12 Hr

01 Hour
14. Explain mechanical test, temperature rise, milivolt drop test

15. Explain Dc resistance test and dielectric test 01 Hour

16. Explain routine tests on CB 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 9


List the short circuit tests on CBs. Explain stresses on CBs 01 Hour
17.
during short circuits
Explain the layout of simple SC Testing station. Explain the 01 Hour
18.
rules for Type Tests ,short time current test
01 Hour
19. Explain critical current tests and short line fault tests
Explain Line Charging Breaking current Tests and out of phase 01 Hour
20.
switching tests
Explain capacitive current switching Tests and small inductive 01 Hour
21.
current Breaking Tests
List the methods of indirect Testing. Explain unit testing and 01 Hour
22.
Parallel current injection method
Explain series current injection method and Brown Boveri 's 01 Hour
23.
synthetic testing Circuit
List the steps in general Maintenance of Circuit Breaker. 01 Hour
24.
Explain maintenance of MOCB
Explain maintenance of Air Blast CB, Vacuum CB and SF6 01 Hour
25.
CB
Unit IV Testing and maintenance of Protective Relays 10 Hours
List the four classes of tests on Relays. Explain acceptance tests 01 Hour
26.
and installation test
27. Explain maintenance Tests and repair tests 01 Hour

Explain Primary current injection test set and secondary 01 Hour


28.
current injection test set
Explain testing circuit for differential relays and testing circuit 01 Hour
29.
for BuchHolz relays
30. Lists the steps involved in maintenance of relays 01 Hour

Explain basic principle of static over current relay and 01 Hour


31.
directional over current relay
Explain Static time lag Over current relay and Static Distance 01 Hour
32.
relay based on comparison principle
Explain Static differential Protection of Transformers and 01 Hour
33.
Testing of static relays with respect to over voltage transients
Draw the block diagram of a digital relay. Explain the two
34. families of digital relays. List the advantages of microprocessor 01 Hour
based Relays
Explain microprocessor based distance relay for protection 01 Hour
35.
of Transmission lines
Testing and maintenance of Power Transformers, Current
Unit V and Voltage Transformers and Insulators 13 Hr

List the 4 Preliminary tests on transformer. Explain core 01 Hour


36.
insulation Test, Core loss test and ratio polarity test
37. List the 3 final tests. Explain routine Tests 01 Hour

38. Explain type tests and Special tests 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 10


Explain Lighting impulse test Circuit and switching impulse 01 Hour
39.
test Circuit
Explain recording and Measurement of Impulses. Explain fault 01 Hour
40.
detection
Define partial discharge. Explain the typical test circuit
41. arrangement for partial discharge. Explain different methods of 01 Hour
locating partial discharge
List daily checks, monthly and annual checks to be carried out 01 Hour
42.
for the maintenance of transformer
Explain unscheduled maintenance of transformer. Explain the 01 Hour
43.
procedure for maintenance of transformer oil
List the various type tests and routine tests on CTs. Explain 01 Hour
44.
error Measurement Tests. Explain turns ratio test
45. Explain exciting current test, polarity test and Insulation Test 01 Hour

Explain over voltage inter turn test and Explain precautions to 01 Hour
46.
be taken while using CTs
List the various types tests on PTs. Explain error Measurement 01 Hour
47.
Tests and Insulation Tests on PT
48. Explain polarity test and High voltage tests 01 Hour

Unit VI Substation monitoring and control 04 Hr


List the basic variables related with substation monitoring.
49. List two categories of primary control in sub station. Explain 01 Hour
the equipment used in automatic control of sub station
List the two sub systems in a sub station. Explain the desirable 01 Hour
50.
features of the sub systems
Explain on line microprocessor based fault monitoring and
51. fault locators. Explain the two Hierarchical levels in a sub 01 Hour
station.
Explain the function of Substation level and unit level. Explain
01 Hour
52. inter level communication. Explain the function performed
by protection and control equipment
52 HOURS
TOTAL:

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 11


Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages self HAND WRITTEN report):

1. Study and identify the components of a outdoor and indoor substation


2. List different kinds of bus bars, isolators, lightning arrestors. Explain any two in detail.
3. Develop one simple hardware model of circuit breaker for demonstration.
4. List different kinds of electromechanical, static and numerical relays. Explain any two
in detail.
5. Perform the market survey and write brief comparative report on power transformers,
distribution transformer, current transformer and voltage transformer.
6. Explain the role of information technology in the field of substation monitoring and
control. Illustrate any two examples.

RUBRICS FOR ACTIVITY( 5 Marks)

Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Student


Dimension
Score
1 2 3 4 5
Collects very Collect much Collects Collects a Ex:
Does not collect
limited information; some basic great deal of
Collection any information
information; but very information; information; 4
of data relating to the
some relate to limited relate most refer to all refer to
topic
the topic to the topic the topic the topic
Does not perform Performs all
Fulfill Performs very Performs
any duties Performs very duties of
team’s roles little duties but nearly all 5
assigned to the little duties assigned
& duties unreliable. duties
team role team roles

Usually does Always does


Rarely does the Normally
Shares Always relies on the assigned the assigned 3
assigned work; does the
work others to do the work; rarely work without
often needs assigned
equally work needs having to be
reminding work
reminding reminded.

Usually does Talks good;


Is always talking; Listens, but
Listen to most of the but never Listens and 2
never allows sometimes
other Team talking; rarely show interest speaks a fair
anyone else to talk too
mates allows others in listening amount
speak much
to speak others

Average / Total marks=(4+5+3+2)/4=14/4=3.5=4

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 12


MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


Testing, Maintenance and
1st Test/ 6 th week, VI SEM, E & E Engg
Control of Substation 20
Year: 2016-17 Course code: 15EE63B
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :1 and 2
Course Outcomes : 1 and 2
Instruction :(1). Answer all questions (2). Each question carries five marks
Question
Question CL CO PO
No.
1 Define substation. List the different types of substation R 1 2, 10
2 List the auxiliary systems used in sub stations
R
OR 1 2, 10
U
Explain Transformer water spray system
3 Define the following terms (a) Rated voltage of Bus Bars
(b) Rated current of Bus Bars (c) Rated frequency of Bus Bars (d)
Rated short time current of Bus Bars U
OR 2 2, 10
Explain (a) Single Bus Bar arrangement (b) Duplicate Bus Bar U
arrangement .

4 Explain temperature rise test on Bus Bars A 2 2, 10


CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 13


MODEL QUESTION PAPER BANK:

Course Title: Testing, Maintenance and Control of


Course Code: 15EE63B
Substation

CO1- Remember the basics of substation system


Unit 1 -Introduction to Substation

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


1) Define substation with examples.
2) List the different types of substation
3) List the advantage and disadvantages of substation
4) State the necessity of substation
5) List the components of general substation
6) Label the components of substation on a single line diagram
7) List the auxiliary systems used in sub stations
8) Explain auxiliary ac System
9) Explain fire fighting system
10) Explain Transformer water spray system
11) Explain the function of earthing screen in a substation

CO2- Understand the testing and maintenance of bus bars and isolators
Unit 2 -Testing and maintenance of Bus Bars and Isolators

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND/APPLY

1) Define bus bars. List the types of bus bars.


2) Define the following terms (a) Rated voltage of bus bars (b) Rated current of bus
bars (c) Rated frequency of bus bars(d) Rated short time current of bus bars
3) List the materials commonly used for Bus bars.
4) List the types of configuration of Bus bars used in out door substation
5) State the differences between Rigid and Flexible Bus bar systems.
6) Explain Single Bus Bar arrangement
7) Explain Duplicate Bus Bar arrangement
8) Explain Sectionalisation of Bus
9) State the advantage and disadvantages of single and duplicate bus bar sytem
10) State the advantages of sectionalisation of bus
11) Explain Ring Bus
12) Explain One and Half Breaker arrangement
13) Explain Mesh arrangement
14) State the advantages of ring bus system
15) List the differences between ring bus and mesh arrangement

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 14


16) Explain temperature rise test on bus bar
17) Explain short time current test on bus bar
18) Explain momentary current test on bus bar
19) Explain vibration test on bus bar
20) Explain high voltage test on bus bar
21) Define Isolator.
22) List the types of Isolators
23) List the interlock arrangement to prevent mal-operation of isolator
24) Explain the different type of tests on isolators.
25) Explain the use of load break switch in sub-station

CO3- Understand the testing and maintenance of circuit breakers and reactors
Unit 3 -Testing and maintenance of Circuit Breaker and Reactors

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND / APPLY


1) List the various types of tests to test the circuit breaker
2) List the various types of tests to test the CB
3) Explain mechanical test on CB
4) Explain temperature rise test on CB
5) Explain milivolt drop test on CB
6) Explain DC resistance test on CB
7) Explain dielectric test on CB
8) List the various types of routine tests on CB
9) List the various short circuit tests on CB
10) Explain the stresses on CBs during short circuits
11) Explain the layout of simple SC Testing station.
12) Explain the rules for Type Tests and short time current test
13) Explain critical current test on CB
14) Explain short line fault test on CB
15) Explain Line Charging Breaking current Tests on CB
16) Explain out of phase switching tests on CB
17) Explain capacitive current switching test on CB
18) Explain small inductive current breaking test on CB
19) List the methods of indirect Testing.
20) Explain unit testing and Parallel current injection method
21) Explain series current injection method
22) Explain Brown Boveri 's synthetic testing Circuit
23) List the steps in general Maintenance of Circuit Breaker
24) Explain maintenance of MOCB
25) Explain maintenance of Air Blast CB
26) Explain the maintenance of Vacuum CB
27) Explain the maintenance of SF6 CB

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 15


CO4-Understand the testing and maintenance of protective relays
Unit 4 -Testing and maintenance of Protective Relays

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND / APPLY


1) List the four classes of tests on relays.
2) Explain acceptance tests on relays.
3) Explain installation teston relays.
4) Explain maintenance tests on relays.
5) Explain repair tests on relays.
6) Explain Primary current injection test set for relays
7) Explain secondary current injection test set for relays
8) Explain testing circuit for differential relays
9) Explain testing circuit for BuchHolz relays
10) List the steps involved in maintenance of relays
11) Explain basic principle of static directional over current relay
12) Explain Static time lag Over current relay
13) Explain Static Distance relay based on comparison principle
14) Explain basic principle of static directional over current relay
15) Explain Static differential Protection of Transformers
16) Explain the testing of static relays with respect to over voltage transients
17) Explain microprocessor based distance relay for protectionof Transmission lines

CO5- Understand the testing and maintenance of CT, PT and Insulators


Unit 5 -Testing and maintenance of Power Transformers, Current and Voltage
Transformers and Insulators

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND / APPLY


1) List the 4 Preliminary tests on transformer.
2) Explain core insulation Test on transformer.
3) Explain Core loss test on transformer.
4) Explain ratio polarity teston transformer.
5) List the 3 final tests on transformer.
6) Explain routine Tests on transformer.
7) Explain type tests on transformer.
8) Explain Special tests on transformer.
8) Explain Lighting impulse test Circuit a power transformer
9) Explain switching impulse test Circuit for a power transformer
9) Explain recording and Measurement of Impulses on transformer.
10) Define partial discharge.
11) Explain the typical test circuit arrangement for partial discharge.
12) Explain different methods of locating partial discharge
13) List daily checks, monthly and annual checks to be carried out for the maintenance of
power transformer
14) Explain unscheduled maintenance of transformer.
15) Explain the procedure for maintenance of transformer oil
16) List the various type tests and routine tests on CTs.
17) Explain error Measurement Tests for CT
18) Explain turns ratio test for CT
19) Explain exciting current test on CT

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 16


20) Explain polarity test on CT
21) Explain Insulation Test on CT
22) Explain over voltage inter turn test
23) Explain precautions to be taken while using CTs
24) List the various types tests on PTs.
25) Explain error Measurement Tests and Insulation Tests on PT
26) Explain polarity test and High voltage tests

CO6- Analyse the substation monitoring and control


Unit 6 - Substation Monitoring and Control

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND / APPLY


1) List the basic variables related with substation monitoring.
2) List two categories of primary control in substation.
3) Explain the equipment used in automatic control of substation
4) List the two sub systems in a sub station.
5) Explain the desirable features of the sub systems
6) Explain on line microprocessor based fault monitoring and fault locators.
7) Explain the two Hierarchical levels in a sub station.
8) Explain the function of Substation level and unit level.
9) Explain inter level communication.
10) Explain the function performed by protection and control equipment

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 17


Model Question Paper
Code: 15EE63B
TESTING, MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF SUBSTATION
VI Semester Examination
Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg
Time: 3 Hours Max Marks: 100
Note: i) Answer any SIX questions from PART - A. Each question caries 5 marks.
ii) Answer any SEVEN Questions from PART - B. Each question caries 10 marks.
PART – A

1 Define substation with examples. 5


2 Define the following terms (a) Rated voltage of bus bars (b) Rated 5
current of bus bars
3 Explain Single Bus Bar arrangement 5
4 List the interlock arrangement to prevent mal-operation of isolator 5
5 Explain milivolt drop test on CB 5
6 List the four classes of tests on relays 5
7 List the steps involved in maintenance of relays 5
8 Explain ratio polarity teston power transformer. 5
9 List the basic variables related with substation monitoring 5

PART – B
10) (a) State the advantage and disadvantages of single and duplicate bus bar 6
(b) system 4
State the necessity of substation
11) (a) Explain vibration test and high voltage test on bus bar 7
(b) Define Isolator. 3
12) (a) Explain critical current test and short line fault test on CB 7
(b) List the various types of tests to test the CB 3
13) (a) Explain maintenance of MOCB and Air Blast CB 7
(b) List the types of Isolators 3
14) (a) Explain basic principle of static directional over current relay 5
(b) Explain testing circuit for BuchHolz relays 5
15) (a) Explain turns ratio test and exciting current test for CT 8
(b) Define partial discharge. 2
16) (a) List the various types tests on PTs. 3
(b) Explain error Measurement Tests and Insulation Tests on PTs 7
17) (a) List two categories of primary control in substation. 3
(b) Explain the equipment used in automatic control of substation 7
18) (a) Explain recording and Measurement of Impulses on transformer 7
(b) List the various short circuit tests on CB 3
19) (a) Explain maintenance tests and repair tests on relays 7
(b) List the four classes of tests on relays 3
---- *** ----

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63B Page 18


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Course Code : 15EE63C


Semester : VI Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) :4:0:0 (in Hours) Credits : 4 Credits
Type of course :Lecture +Assignments Total Contact Hours : 52
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 100 Marks
Programme: Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.

Pre-requisites : Knowledge on Mathematics, Electrical Engg, Analog and Digital


electronics and C language, Electrical machines, Power electronics,
E and E Measurements.

Course Objectives : To understand the architecture of 8051, instruction set,


programming and interfacing

COURSE TOPICS:

Unit
Unit Name Hours
No

1 Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller 06

2 8051 Architecture 09

3 8051 Instruction Set 09

4 8051Assembly and C Programming 07

8051 Timers, Serial port and Interrupt


5 11
Programming

6 8051 Interfacing and Peripherals 10

Total 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 1


Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the course, the student will be able to:

1. Acquire knowledge on Microcontrollers and 8051 pin descriptions.

2. Explain 8051 architecture

3. Understand various instructions of 8051.

4. Develop simple programs for 8051 in assembly and C language.

5. Write programs on Counter and Timer of 8051, programs for serial communication
and interrupts of 8051.
6. Design simple circuits for interfacing various peripherals with 8051.

Composition of Educational Components


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s Taxonomy) such as:

Sl. Weightage (%) Total Marks


Educational Component
No. (Out of 145)
1 Remembering 10 20
2 Understanding 50 75
3 Application/ Analysis 40 50
Total 100 145

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 2


Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level
Cognitive Level Legend: R- Remember, U- Understand, A- Application

CL Linked Teaching Hrs


Course Outcome PO
Acquire knowledge on
CO1 Microcontrollers and8051 pin R/U 2, 8,10 06
descriptions.

Explain 8051 architecture 2,8, 10 09


CO2 R/U

Understand various instructions of


CO3 R/U 2,8, 10 09
8051

Develop simple programs for 8051 in 2,3,4,5,7,8,


CO4 A 07
assembly and C language 9,10
Write Counter / Timer programs,
programs for serial communication 2,3,4,5,7,8,
C05 U/A 11
and interrupts of 8051. 9,10

Design the simple circuits for


2,3,4,5,7,8,
C06 interfacing various peripherals with R/U/A 10
9,10
8051
Total sessions 52

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 3


Course Content and Blue Print of Marks for SEE:

Questio Questions
ns to be to be set
5 10
Max. set for for
Mar Mar Marks
Mar (5marks (10marks)
Un R/U/ Ho ks ks Weighta
Unit Name ks )
it A ur Qns. Qns. ge
per PART - PART - B
(%)
Unit A
Part Part R U A R U A
A B
Introducti
on to 8051
1 R/U 6 15 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 10
Microcontro
ller
8051
2 R/U 9 25 1 2 1 0 0 2 0 17
Architecture
8051
3 Instruction R/U 9 25 2 1.5 1 1 0.5 1 0 17
Set
8051
Assembly
4 and C A 7 20 1 1.5 0 0 1 0 1.5 14
Programmin
g
8051
Timers,
Serial port
5 and U/A 11 30 2 2 0 1 1 0 1 1 21
Interrupt
Programmin
g
8051
Interfacing R/U/
6 10 30 2 2 1 1 1 1 21
and A
Peripherals
9 10
TOTAL 52 145 9 10 (45 (100
Marks) Marks)

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 4


Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EMBEDDED
1 3 3 3 3 0 3 3 3 3
SYSTEMS

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.


Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 5


Course Content:
Unit –I

Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller (6 Hrs)

Introduction to microcontrollers, applications, comparison between microprocessor and micro


controller, block diagram of 8051,features of 8051,Pin diagram of 8051,Pin description of
8051, I/O ports Pins and their functions, structure of Assembly language program.

Unit –II

8051 Architecture (9 Hrs)

Registers, On chip 8051 chip ROM memory address range, 8051 data type and directives,
register banks, On-chip ROM memory and RAM Memory organization, stack and stack
pointer, SFR registers, I/O ports structure and operation bit address. Registers - A, B, SP,
DPTR, PC and SFRs. General Format and functions of each bit of PSW SFRs, machine
cycle, Time delay calculations.

Unit –III
8051 Instruction Set (9 Hrs)

Arithmetic instructions, Addressing modes ,Data transfer instructions, Logical and compare
instructions, Jump and Loop, Rotate and swap instructions, Branch instructions, Bit
manipulation instructions, Stack and Subroutine instructions.

Unit –IV
8051Assembly and C Programming (7 Hrs)

Programs on Loop and Jump instructions, call instructions, arithmetic and logic
instructions, Compare instruction, Rotate and Swap instructions, BCD and ASCII
conversion vice-versa programs, Bit manipulation programs.
8051 programming using C – Advantage of using C. Data types. Simple programs based on
arithmetic, logical, branching, bit manipulation, rotate and swap instructions.

Unit –V
8051 Timers, Serial port and Interrupt Programming (11 Hrs)

Timers of 8051 and their associated Registers, General format and function of each bit of
TMOD, TCON, Modes of operation of timers, programs on timers and counters in
assembly language.
Basics of serial communication, SBUF SFR, pin description of 9 pin RS232 connector, Pin
description of Max233, 8051 connection to RS232 using Max233, Baud rate and its
calculation, General format and function of each bit of SCON,PCON SFR’s, Programs on
serial communication in assembly language.
Interrupts versus polling, Interrupt service routine (ISR) Interrupts with vector table,
General format and function of each bit of IE,IP SFR, Programs on interrupts in assembly
language.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 6


Unit –VI
8051 Interfacing and Peripherals (10 Hrs)

Interfacing an LCD and LED to 8051, 8051 interfacing with Hex keyboard, ADC, DAC
and sensor interfacing, Interfacing DC motor, Stepper motor, Relay, Opto isolator and
RTC.(Only circuit diagrams and explanation)

Text Book:
1.Muhammad Ali Mazidi,Janice GillispieMazidi and Rolin D McKinlay “ THE 8051
MICROCONTROLLER AND EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Using Assembly
and C”.Pearson Second edition.

Reference Books:
1. The 8051 Microcontrollers-II edition-Kenneth j Ayala. Perram Publications.
2. Embedded system Design-Frank Vahid /Tony Givargis WSE. Wiley
Publications.
3. 8051 Microcontroller-Hardware,Software and applications-V
Udayashankara/M S mallikarjunaswamy-Tata McGraw Hill
4. Programming and Customizing the 8051 Microcontroller-MykePredko-Tata
McGraw Hill
5. Intel 8 bit Embedded controller Handbook-Intel
6. Programming Embedded systems in C and C++ - Michael Barr –O’Reilly
7. 8051 Microcontroller – Uma S.Rao

e-Resources:
1)YouTube videos on interfacing various peripherals and devices
2)www.microdigital.com

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 7


Course Delivery:
The Course will be delivered through lectures, classroom interaction, animations, group
discussion, exercises and student activities, assignments.
Course Assessment and Evaluation:

Course
To Max Evidence
What Frequency Outcom
Whom Marks Collected
es
Three IA tests
for Theory:
CIE (Average Blue
I A Tests 20 1 to 6
(Conti marks of Three Books
nuous Tests to be
Student computed).
Interna
s
l Student Report of
Dire Evalua 05 1 to 6
ct Student Activity 3 pages
tion) Activity
Asse
ssme TOTAL 25
nt
SEE
(Semes
Answer
ter Stud End Of the
End Exam 100 Scripts at 1 to 6
End ents Course
BTE
Exami
nation)

Indi Student Feedback on Middle Of


Feed Back Forms 1 to 6
rect course The Course
Stud
Asse
ents
ssme End Of The
End Of Course Survey Questionnaires 1 to 6
nt Course

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note: I.A. test shall be conducted for 20 marks. Average marks of three tests shall be
rounded off to the next higher digit.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 8


Course Contents with Lecture Schedule:

Lesson No./ Duration


Contents
Session No.
Unit I Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller 6 Hours

1. Introduction to microcontrollers and their applications 01 Hour

comparison between microprocessor and micro controller and 01 Hour


2.
block diagram of 8051
3. features of 8051 and Pin diagram of 8051 01 Hour

Pin description of 8051 01 Hour


4.

5. I/O ports Pins and their functions. 01 Hour

6. structure of Assembly language program 01 hour

9 Hours
Unit II 8051 Architecture
Explain A, B, SP, DPTR, 01 Hour
7.

8. Explain PCSFRs, Register banks 01 Hour

9. General format and functions of each bit of PSW SFRs. 01 Hour

10. On chip RAM Memory organization 01 Hour

11. stack and stack pointer 01 Hour


8051 data type and directives 01 Hour
12.

13. I/O ports structure and operation 01 Hour


On chip 8051 chip ROM memory address range 01 Hour
14.
machine cycle, Time delay calculations 01 Hour
15.

Unit III 8051 INSTRUCTION SET 9Hr

Explain the various addressing modes of 8051 with examples 01 Hour


16.
Explain ADD, ADDC, SUBB- instructions with examples 01 Hour
17.
Explain MUL,DIV,DA INC,DEC instructions with examples 01 Hour
18.

19. Explain the data transfer instructions MOV, MOVX 01 Hour

20. Logical instructions – AND,OR, XOR ,CPL 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 9


21 Compare instructions – CJNE, DJNZ 01 hour

22 01 Hour
Rotate and swap instructions – RR, RL, RRC, RLC, SWAP
23 01 Hour
Jump – LJMP,SJMP, Bit manipulation instructions
24 Stack and Subroutine instructions – PUSH, POP, LCALL,
01 Hour
ACALL, RET

07 Hour
UNIT IV 8051Assembly and C Programming
25 01 Hour
Programs on Loop and Jump instructions, call instructions
26 Programs on Arithmetic instructions Unsigned Addition, 01 Hour
Subtraction, Multiplication, Division
27
Signed number arithmetic and arithmetic operations 01 Hour

28 Programs on Logical and compare instructions 01 Hour

29 Rotate Swap, BCD to ASCII conversion and single bit 01 Hour


instructions.
30 8051 programming using C – Advantage of using C. Data types 01 Hour

31 Simple programs based on arithmetic, logical, branching, bit


01 Hour
manipulation, rotate and swap instructions

Unit V 8051 Timers, Serial port and Interrupt Programming 11 Hr


32 Timers of 8051 and their associated Registers TMOD, TCON 01 Hour
format
33 Modes of operation of timers and programs on timers in
01 Hour
assembly language

34 Programming counters in assembly language 01 Hour

35 01 Hour
Basics of serial communication, SBUF SFR
36 Pin description of 9 pin RS232 connector, Pin description of
01 Hour
Max233, 8051 connection to RS232 using Max233

37 Baud rate and its calculation, General format and function of


01 Hour
each bit of SCON,PCON SFR’s

38 Programs on serial communication in assembly language.


01 Hour

39 Interrupts versus polling, ISR, Interrupts with vector table 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 10


40 General format and function of each bit of IE,IP SFR 01 Hour

41 Programming Timer and External hardware interrupts 01 Hour

42 Programming Serial communication interrupt and Interrupt


01 Hour
priority in 8051

Unit VI 8051 Interfacing and Peripherals 10Hr


43 01 Hour
Interfacing an LCD to 8051 and explain
44 Interfacing a LED to 8051 and explain 01 Hour

45 01 Hour
8051 interfacing to the keyboard with explanation
46 ADC interfacing to 8051 and explain 01 Hour

47 Sensor(temperature) LM35 interfacing to 8051 and explain 01 Hour

48 8051 to DAC interfacing and explain 01 Hour

49 Explain RTC DS12887 and interface it to 8051 01 Hour

50 Relay and Opto isolator interfacing to 8051 and explain 01 Hour

51 Interface stepper motor to 8051 and explain 01 Hour

52 Interface DC motor to 8051 and explain 01 Hour

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 11


Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages self HAND WRITTEN report):

1. Draw an Elevator interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program and
execute on 8051 kit
2. Draw an LCD interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program and
execute on 8051 kit
3. Draw an LED interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program and
execute on 8051 kit
4. Draw an Hexkey board interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program
and execute on 8051 kit
5. Draw an ADC interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program and
execute on 8051 kit
6. Draw an DAC interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program and
execute on 8051 kit
7. Draw an DC MOTOR interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program
and execute on 8051 kit
8. Draw an STEPPER MOTOR interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C
program and execute on 8051 kit
9. Draw and SENSOR interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program
and execute on 8051 kit
10. Draw an OPTO ISOLATOR interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C
program and execute on 8051 kit
11. Draw an RTC interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program and
execute on 8051 kit
12. Draw an RELAY interface circuit with 8051 with assemble language/ C program and
execute on 8051 kit

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 12


Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 13
MODEL QUESTION PAPER (CIE)

Test/Date and Time Semester/year Course/Course Code Max Marks


1stIATest/ 6 th week, V SEM, E & E Engg Embedded Systems
20
9 Aug 16, 9-10 AM Year: 2015-16 Course code:15EE63C
Name of Course coordinator :
Units Covered :1 and 2
Course Outcomes : 1 and 2
Instruction :(1). Answer all questions (2). Each question carries five marks
Question
Question CL CO PO
No.
1 List the applications of microcontrollers R 1 2, 10

2 List any five features of 8051. R 1 2, 10


OR
Compare microprocessor and microcontrollers U

3 Explain PSW SFR. U 2 2, 10


Or
Explain the structure of Port 0. U
4 Explain the internal RAM organization of 8051 A 2 2, 10

CL: Cognitive Level, R-Remember, U-Understand, A-Application, PO: Program Outcomes

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 14


Model QUESTION Paper BANK:

Course Title: EMBEDDED SYSTEMS Course Code: 15EE63C

CO1- Acquire knowledge on Microcontrollers and 8051 pin descriptions.


Unit 1 –Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER

1) State the concept of microcontroller.


2) List the applications of Microcontrollers.
3) List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
4) Draw the block diagram of 8051.
5) Draw the pin diagram of 8051.

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

6) Compare between microprocessor and micro controller with block diagram.


7) Describe the function of each pin of 8051.
8) Draw the block diagram of 8051 and explain.
9) Explain the structure and function of Port 0.
10) Explain the structure and function of Port 1.
11) Explain the structure and function of Port 2.
12) Explain the structure and function of Port 3.
13) Explain the structure and function of Port 0 and port 1.
14) Explain the structure and function of Port 1 and port 2.
15) Explain the structure and function of Port 2 and port 3.
16) Explain the structure of assembly language program.

CO2- Describe 8051 architecture


Unit 2 –8051 ARCHITECTURE

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER


17) Explain Program counter and data pointer.
18) Explain the 8051 data types and directives.
19) Briefly explain A and B registers.
20) Explain briefly the organization of internal ROM.
21) Explain briefly stack and stack pointer.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 15


Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND
22) Draw the PSW SFR and explain the function of each bit.
23) Draw and explain the internal RAM organisation.
24) Explain the special function registers with their internal RAM address.
25) Explain alternate functions of Port 0 pins
26) Explain alternate functions of Port 2 pins
27) Explain alternate functions of Port 3 pins
28) Explain stack operation in 8051.
29) Explain 8051 timing and delay calculations.
30) Explain machine cycle for the 8051.
31) Calculate the period of the machine cycle foe 8051 with a crystal frequency of (i)
11.0592 MHz,(ii) 16 MHz(iii) 20Mhz

CO3- Identify various instructions of 8051.


Unit 3 -8051 INSTRUCTION SET

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER

32) List the addressing modes.


33) List the data transfer and exchange instructions.
34) List the arithmetic instructions of 8051.
35) List the logical instructions of 8051.
36) Tabulate jump and call instructions.
37) List the types of rotate instructions.
38) Tabulate single bit instructions.
39) List the four arithmetic flags.

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

40) Explain immediate addressing mode with examples.


41) Explain register addressing mode with examples.
42) Explain direct addressing mode with examples.
43) Explain indirect addressing mode with examples.
44) Explain indexed addressing mode with examples
45) Explain PUSH and POP instructions with examples.
46) Explain the opcode, operation and one example of exchange instruction.
47) Explain the increment and decrement opcodes and their operation.
48) Explain the different ADD opcodes and their operations.
49) Explain ADDC opcode and its operation with example.
50) Explain SUBB opcode and its operation with an example.
51) Write the multiplication opcode syntax and its operation with example.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 16


52) Write the division opcode syntax and its operation with example.
53) Explain DA instruction with example.
54) Explain AND logic instruction with an example.
55) Explain OR logic instruction with an example
56) Explain XOR logic instruction with an example.
57) Explain CPL logic instruction with an example.
58) Explain RR and RL instructions with examples.
59) Explain RRC and RLC instructions with examples
60) Explain SWAP instruction with an example.
61) Explain LJMP and SJMP instructions with examples
62) Explain LCALL and ACALL instructions with examples
63) Explain RET and RETI instructions.

CO4- Develop simple programs for 8051 in assembly and C language.


Unit 4 - 8051Assembly and C Programming

Cognitive Level: APPLICATION


64) Write a program to multiply 25 by 10 using repeated addition.
65) Write a program to add the first 20 natural numbers.
66) Write a program to load the accumulator with the value AAH and compliment the
ACC 700 times.
67) Write a program to toggle the bits of port 1 with a delay which depends on the value
in R0.
68) Write a program to create a square wave of 50% duty cycle on bit 0 of port1.
69) Write a program to create a square wave of 66% duty cycle on bit 0 of port1
70) Write a program to a)keep monitoring pin p0.1 until it becomes high b)when P0.1
becomes high, read in the data from port1 c)send a low-to-high pulse P0.2 to
indicate that the data has been read.
71) A switch is connected to pin P1.0 and an LED to pin P2.7. Write a program to get the
status of the switch and send it to LED.
72) Write a program to copy the value 55H into RAM memory locations 40H to 44H
using direct addressing mode.
73) Write a program to copy the value 55H into RAM memory locations 40H to 44H
using register indirect addressing mode without loop
74) Write a program to copy the value 55H into RAM memory locations 40H to 44H
using register indirect addressing mode with a loop.
75) Write a program to clear 16RAM locations starting at RAM address 60H.
76) Write a program to take 10 bytes of data from RAM locations 45H to 54H, add 02 to
each of them and save the result in the RAM locations 79H down to 70H.
77) Write a program to see if the RAM location37H contains an even value. If so, send it
to P2. If not, make it even and then send it to P2.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 17


78) Write a program to add numbers stored in RAM locations 40 -40H and store the
result in register A(lower byte) and R7(higher byte).
79) Write a program to add two 16 bit numbers FC45H and 02ECH.
80) Assume that 5 BCD numbers are stored in RAM location starting from 40H. Write a
program to add the numbers and store the result in BCD.
81) In a semester, a student has to take six courses. The marks of the student(out of 25)
are stored in RAM locations47H onwards. Find the average marks, and output it on
port 1.
82) Ten hex numbers are stored in RAM locations 50H onwards. Write a program to find
biggest number in the set. The biggest number should finally be saved in 60H.
83) Write a program to transfer value 41H serially via pin P2.1. Put two high’s at the start
and end of the data. Send the byte LSB first.
84) Assume the register A has a packed BCD. Write a program to convert packed BCD
to two ASCII numbers and place them in R2 and R6.
85) Write an 8051 C program to get a byte of data from P1, wait half sec and then send it
to P2.
86) Write an 8051 C program to toggle all the bits of P0 and P2 continuously with 250ms
delay. Use the inverting operator.
87) Write 8051 C program to convert ASCII digits of ‘4’and ‘7’ to packed BCD and
display them on P1.

CO5-Write programs using Counter and Timer of 8051, programs for serial
communication and interrupts of 8051.

Unit 5 –8051 Timers, Serial port and Interrupt Programming

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND


88) Draw the general format and function of each bit of TMOD SFR.
89) Draw the general format and function of each bit of TCON SFR.
90) List the different operating modes of timers in 8051.
91) Draw a diagram showing 8051 connection to RS232 using Max233
92) Explain SBUF register
93) Draw the general format and function of each bit of SCON SFR.
94) Draw the general format and function of each bit of PCON SFR
95) List the different modes of serial transmission.
96) List the interrupts and their destination according to hierarchy upon reset.
97) Differentiate interrupts and polling
98) Draw the IE SFR and explain the function of each bit
99) Draw the IP SFR and explain the function of each bit
100) Define ISR

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 18


Cognitive Level: APPLICATION

101) Explain briefly different modes of timer with diagram.


102) Explain the operation of timer in Mode 1.
103) Explain the operation of timer in Mode 2.
104) List the steps to program timer in mode 1.
105) List the steps to program timer in mode 2
106) Write a program to create a square wave of 50% duty cycle on P1.5 use timer0 in
mode1 to generate the delay.
107) Write a program to a toggle the pin P2.5 continuously every 250 msec a use timer 0
in mode 2
108) Assume the 1HZ external clock is being fed to pin T1 write a program for counter 1
in mode 2 to count up and display the state of TL1 count on P1.
109) Sketch the RS232DB9 connector and tabulate function of each pin.
110) Sketch the MAX233 connector and tabulate function of each pin
111) List the steps to program 8051 to transfer data serially
112) List the steps to program 8051 to receive data serially
113) Write a program to transfer letter ’Y’ serially at 9600 baud rate continuously.
114) Write a program to receive data serially and send it out to port 0 in parallel also save
the data at 60H RAM location.
115) Explain six interrupts in 8051.
116) Write a program to get single bit of data from P1.7 and send it to P1.0 while
simultaneously creating a square wave of 200µsec on pin 2.5 using interrupts.

CO6- Design simple circuits for interfacing various peripherals with 8051.
Unit 6 - 8051 Interfacing and Peripherals

Cognitive Level: REMEMBER

117) Explain the pin description of LCD


118) Explain step angle
119) Tabulate the resolution and step size of ADC

Cognitive Level: UNDERSTAND

120) Draw the ADC0804in free running mode and explain the function of each pin
121) Explain the stepper motor with the diagrams of rotor alignment and stator winding
configuration
122) Draw the pin diagram of DS12887 RTC and explain briefly the function of each pin.
123) Sketch the diagram of LCD interface to 8051
124) Draw the 8051 connection to ADC0804 with self clock
125) Draw the matrix key board connection to 8051
126) Draw the diagram to interface LM35 temperature sensor to the 8051
127) Draw the diagram to interface stepper motor to the 8051

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 19


128) Draw a circuit showing dc motor connection to 8051 through transistor, optoisolator
and switch
129) Draw an interface of DS12887(RTC) to 8051
130) Draw the relay connection to an8051.

Cognitive Level: APPLICATION


131) Sketch and explain the diagram of LCD interface to 8051
132) Draw the matrix key board connection to 8051 and explain briefly about scanning
and identifying the key.
133) Draw and explain the 8051 connection to ADC0804 with self clock
134) Explain the concept of 8051 connection to DAC0808 with diagram
135) Explain, with diagram the interface of LM35 temperature sensor to the 8051
136) Explain, with diagram the interface of stepper motor to the 8051
137) Draw and explain a circuit showing dc motor connection to 8051 through transistor,
opto isolator and switch
138) Explain, with circuit diagram, interfacing opto isolator to the 8051 microcontroller
139) Explain the relay connection to a 8051 with a diagram
140) Draw and explain an interface of DS12887(RTC) to 8051

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 20


Model Question Paper:
Code:15EE54C
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS

VI Semester Examination
Diploma in Electrical and Electronics Engg.
Time: 3 Hours
Max Marks: 100

Note: i) Answer any SIX questions from PART - A. Each question caries 5 marks.
ii) Answer any SEVEN Questions from PART - B. Each question caries 10 marks.
PART – A
1) List the features of 8051 microcontroller
2) Explain briefly stack and stack pointer.
3) List the addressing modes.
4) Explain RRC and RLC instructions with examples
5) Write a program to multiply 25 by 10 using repeated addition
6) Draw the general format and function of each bit of SCON SFR.
7) Draw the 8051 connection to ADC0804 with self clock
8) Draw the pin diagram of DS12887 RTC
9) List the steps to program timer in mode 1.

PART – B
10) (a) Describe the function of any 5 pins of 8051 (5M)
(b) Explain the structure and function of Port 0 . (5M)
11) (a) Draw and explain the internal RAM organisation. (10M)

12) (a) Draw the PSW SFR and explain the function of each bit. (7 M)
(b) Explain machine cycle for the 8051. (3 M)
13) (a) Explain indirect addressing mode with examples (4 M)
(b) Explain ADD and XRL instructions with examples (6 M)

14) (a) List the data transfer and exchange instructions . (3 M)


(b) Write a program to create a square wave of 50% duty cycle on bit 0 of (6 M)
port1.

15) (a) Write a program to add two 16 bit numbers FC45H and 02ECH (3 M)
(b) Write a 8051 C program to toggle all the bits of P0 and P2 continuously (7 M)
with 250ms delay. Use the inverting operator.

16) (a) Draw the IE SFR and explain the function of each bit (7 M)
(b) Explain SBUF register (3 M)

17) (a) Draw the ADC0804in free running mode and explain the function of each (10M)
pin

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 21


18) (a) List six interrupts in 8051. (3 M)
(b) Write a program to receive data serially and send it out to port 0 in (7M)
parallel also save the data at 60H RAM location

19) (a) Explain, with diagram the interface of stepper motor to the 8051 (5 M)
(b) Explain, with diagram the interface of LM35 temperature sensor to the (5M)
8051

---- XXX ------

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE63C Page 22


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru.

Course Title :MOTOR CONTROLAND PLC LAB Course Code :15EE64P


Semester :VI Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 (in Hours) Credits : 3 Credits
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks
Programme: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING.

Pre-requisites : Knowledge about–Analog and Digital Electronics, Concepts of power


circuit and control circuits, working principle of electric motors and their
applications.
Course Objectives : To provide systematic training on electric motor controls that would develop
technical skills in the students to design, construct and test various motor
control circuits using relay logics as well as Programmable Logic
Controllers.

Course Outcomes:

On successful completion of the Course, the student will be able to:

1. Design various relay logic circuits to operate the motors.


2. Construct power circuit and control circuits using appropriate components /devices.
3. Develop, rectify errors and download the ladder programs to control the motors
using PLC.
4. Interface PLC with the controlled device.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 1


LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES :

PART A

ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROLS USING RELAY LOGIC CIRCUITS

Sl.
LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES Hours
No.
01
Draw the standard symbols of control components. 03

Identify different types of push button switches- single element and two element
ON/OFF switches, mushroom head emergency stop switch, illuminated type, key
02 03
lock type, selector switches and limit switches. Note down the technical
specifications.

Identify Bi-metallic Over Load Relay, Time Delay Relays - Electronic timer and
Electro-mechanical Pneumatic timer and Single Phase preventer. Note down the 03
03
technical specifications and terminal identification numbers.

Identify the parts of a contactor, number of NOs, NCs, nature of coil supply
AC/DC, voltage ratings and current ratings. Note down the technical specifications 03
04
and terminal identification numbers.
Rig up and test the following applications of logic gates using push button switches,
contactor and indicators.
05
a) Starting from two different locations (OR Function)
b) Stopping from one position (NOT Function)
03
c) Two hand operation (AND Function)
d) Stopping from two different locations (NOT+OR or NOR Functions)
e) Stopping if both signals are given(NOT+AND or NAND functions)
f) Memory function (Signal is maintained or holding)

06 DOL Starter:

(a) Rig up and test Direct On Line Starter. 03


(b) Rig up and test Direct On Line Starter with local and remote start stop.
(c) Rig up and test Direct On Line Starter with inching operation.
07 Rig up and test the control circuit for forward and reverse operation of a motor with
03
interlocking function using auxiliary contact.
08 Rig up and test the control circuit for forward and reverse operation of a motor with
03
interlocking function using combined auxiliary contact and push buttons.
09
Rig up and test the control circuit for semi-automatic star delta starter. 03
10
Rig up and test the control circuit for fully automatic star delta starter. 03

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 2


Rig up and test the control circuit for sequence operation of two motors.
03
11 (The second motor cannot be started unless the first motor starts)

Rig up and test the control circuit for automatic change over of supply from EB to
03
DG set when the EB supply fails.
12
Total Hrs 36

PART B

PROGRAMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS

Sl.
LIST OF GRADED EXERCISES Hours
No.
13 Identify the following devices:

INPUT DEVICES and THEIR APPLICATIONS.

Push button switches, Thermal /Temperature sensors/ switches, Pressure switches,


Float switches, Magnetic or reed switches, Limit switches, Proximity sensors-
capacitive and inductive types, Optical sensors, Encoders, Relay, Contactor, 03
Solenoid valve.

OUTPUT DEVICES and THEIR APPLICATIONS.

Contactors, Motors, Indicators and Hooters/Alarms.


14
Identify the type of PLC – Digital and Analog types. Identify the wiring mode of
PLC- sourcing and sinking modes. Identify and Install Programming Software and 03
communication driver.

15 Identify the PLC Programming Method used in the laboratory–Ladder program/


Functional Block Diagram /Instruction List/structured text. Connecting PLC,
03
communication cable and programming device. Configure and establish
communication between them. Identify protocols used for communication.
16
Understand - The Operation modes of PLC - program, run and test modes. Data
03
files and program files, Configuration of I/Os and Addressing I/Os.

17 Identify the most commonly used PLC programming instructions and their
03
applications: XIC, XIO, OTE, Latch, Unlatch, Timer and Counter Instructions.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 3


18 Develop and test the ladder programs for the following motor controls:

a) Starting from two different locations (OR Function)


b) Stopping from one position (NOT Function)
c) Two hand operation (AND Function) 03
d) Stopping from two different locations (NOT+OR or NOR Functions)
e) Stopping if both signals are given(NOT+AND or NAND functions)
f) Memory function (Signal is maintained or holding)

19
Develop and test the ladder program of Alarm system for the following conditions:
If one input is ON- nothing happens, If any two inputs are ON- a red light turns ON, 03
If any three inputs are ON- a Hooter/Alarm turns ON.
20 Develop and test the ladder program for DOL starter. Develop and test the ladder
03
program for DOL starter with local and remote controls.
21
Develop and test the ladder program for interlocking two motors. 03
22 Develop a ladder programs to study ON delay.
Application: Develop and test ladder program for switching ON motor1, motor 2 03
and motor 3 in sequence with some time delay.
23
Develop and test ladder Program for Automatic fully Star-Delta starter. 03
24 Develop and test ladder program for water level controller using latch and unlatch
03
instructions.
25
Interface and test PLC based DOL starter and run the motor. 03
26
Interface and test PLC based Star-Delta starter and run the motor. 03

Total Hrs 42

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 4


Reference books:

PART A: ELECTRIC MOTOR CONTROL

1. Control of electrical machines by S.K.Bhattacharya Birjindersingh, New Age


International.
2. Electrical Design Estimation and costing by K.B.Raina &K.Battacharya.Khanna
Publications.
3. Electrical Estimating and costing by Surjit Singh, DhanpatRai Company.

PART B: PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS

4. Robotics and Industrial Automation by R.K. Rajput , S. CHAND PUBLISHING.


5. Introduction to PLC by Gary Dunning ,Cengage Learning.
6. PLC, Principles and Applications by John W. Webb and Ronald A. Reis
7. NITTTR PLC STTP Course Materials.

e-Resources:

1. www.controlmanuals.com- Search for PLC and related topics.


2. https://books.google.co.in/books/about/Control_Of_Electrical_Machines.html?id=
1SHK6AJemEIC
3. http://booksite.elsevier.com/9781856176217/appendices/01~Ch11.pdf
4. electrical-engineering-portal.com › Resources

Composition of Educational Components:

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:

Sl.
Educational Component Weightage (%)
No.
1 Remembering 20
2 Understanding 20
3 Application/ Analysis 60
Total 100

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 5


Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:(Course Outcome
linkage to Cognitive Level)

PO Cognitive Lab
Experiment linked
Mapped Level Sessions
Design various relay
2, 3, 8, 9,
CO1 logic circuits to operate 5,6 R/A/C 6
10
the motors.
Construct power circuit
and control circuits 2, 3, 8, 9,
CO2 7,8,9,10,11,12 U/A 18
using appropriate 10
components /devices.
Develop, rectify errors
and download the
2, 3,4, 8, 9,
CO3 ladder programs to 18,19,20,21,22,23,24 U/A/C/E 21
10
control the motors using
PLC.
Interface PLC with the 2, 3,4, 8, 9,
CO4 25,26 A/C 6
controlled device 10

U-Understanding; A-application/ Analysis; App-Application

Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

EMC &
0 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 3
PLC LAB

LEVEL 3- HIGHLY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 2-MODERATELY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 1-LOW ADDRESSED.

METHOD IS TO RELATE THE LEVEL OF PO WITH THE NUMBER OF HOURS DEVOTED TO THE COS WHICH ADDRESS
THE GIVEN PO.

IF >40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT


LEVEL 3

IF 25 TO 40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED


AT LEVEL 2

IF 5 TO 25% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT


LEVEL 1

If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 6


Course Delivery:
The laboratory Course will be delivered through Tutorial, laboratory interaction, group
discussion, practical exercises, instructions, assignments and viva voice.

Tutorial - 1Hr:

Staff-in-charge will;

1. Explain the concept and working of experiment to be conducted.


2. Ask the students to draw the circuit diagram /ladder program, tabular column and
truth table if any.
3. Guide the students to select appropriate components/ devices/ meters /equipments/
suitable accessories for the experiment to be conducted.
4. Give clear instructions about safety precautions to be followed while conducting the
experiment.

Conduction/ Execution- 2 Hr:

Student group (3 to 5) will rig up the control circuits / develop ladder programs and
conduct the experiment individually under the supervision of the staff-in-charge.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 7


Course Assessment and Evaluation:

To Evidence Course
What Frequency Practical
Whom Collected Outcomes
Two IA tests for
IA Practical (Average 10 Blue Books 1 to 6
Tests marks of both the
tests)
Record Writing
Record
(Average of Marks 10 Lab Record 1 to 6
Writing
allotted for each
experiment.)
3 pages
Student Activity 05 1 to 6
Report
TOTAL 25

End Answer
End of the Course 50 1 to 6
Exam Scripts

Student Feedback Middle of The


Feed Back Forms 1 to 6
on course Course
End of Course
End of The Course Questionnaire 1 to 6
Survey

*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note:

1. I.A. test shall be conducted as per SEE scheme of valuation. However obtained marks
shall be reduced to 10 marks. Average marks of two tests shall be rounded off to the next
higher digit.
2. Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 8


Suggested Student Activity (any one to be submitted with 3 pages report):

01. Prepare a report on applications of PLC in the Industries.


02. Prepare a report on different types/models of PLC used in the industries.
03. Prepare a report on various input and output devices used with PLCs.
04. Prepare a report on Protocols used for communication with PLCs in industries.
05. Prepare a report on different makes and models of contactors used in industries
and their applications.

OR
Develop ladder programs for any one of the following PLC based applications:

01. Automatic Traffic signal control.


02. Two signal lights flashing alternately at some time interval.
03. Automatic conveyor system- Example: when the ON button is pressed, the
conveyor system starts running provided the object is sensed (when an object
/load is placed on it) and reverses it direction after few counts of objects and
continues to run in forward and reverse directions until OFF button is pressed or
when objects are not loaded / sensed for, say10 secs.
04. Go Down lighting:- when one switch is pressed, the light in that section will be
ON. When a switch is pressed in the next section , the light will be ON in that
section and the light in the previous section will be OFF.
05. Stair case lighting for two or more floors:- Ground floor and top floor have one
way switches and in between floors has two way switches.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 9


Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 10
Scheme of Valuation for SEE(Semester End Examination):

Note: The SEE Question paper should be set in such a way that Questions in the
Question paper should have equal nos. of Questions from Part A and Part B.

Sl.
Particulars Marks
No.

Writing Power circuit and control circuit diagrams / Ladder


1. 15
Programs.

2. Conduction /Execution. 20

3. Results 05

4. Viva-voce 10

Total 50

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 11


Model Question Bank:

Course Title: Motor Control and PLC Lab Course Code: 15EE64P

PART A

1. Rig up relay logic circuits for the following logic functions:


i. OR Function
ii. NOT Function
iii. AND Function
iv. NOR Function
v. NAND Function
vi. Memory Function

2. Rig up control circuit of a DOL starter using relay logic.


3. Rig up control circuit of a DOL starter using relay logic with local and remote start
/stop.
4. Rig up control circuit for Direct On Line Starter for inching operation using relay
logic.
5. Rig up control circuit for forward and reverse operation of a motor with interlocking
function using relay logic.
6. Rig up control circuit for semi-automatic star delta starter using relay logic.
7. Rig up control circuit for fully automatic star delta starter using relay logic.
8. Rig up control circuit for sequence operation of two motors (The second motor cannot
be started unless the first motor starts) using relay logic.
9. Rig up control circuit for automatic changeover of supply from EB to DG set when
the EB supply fails using relay logic.

PART B

1. Develop and test the ladder programs for the following logic functions:
i. OR Function
ii. NOT Function
iii. AND Function
iv. NOR Function
v. NAND Function
vi. Memory Function
2. Develop and test the ladder program of Alarm system for the following conditions: If
one input is ON- nothing happens, If any two inputs are ON- a red light turns ON, If
any three inputs are ON- a Hooter/Alarm turns ON.
3. Develop and test the ladder programs to run DOL starter
4. Develop and test the ladder programs to run DOL starter with local and remote
controls.
5. Develop and test the ladder program for interlocking two motors

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 12


6. Develop and test ladder program for switching ON motor1, motor 2 and motor 3 in
sequence with time delay.
7. Develop and test ladder Program for Automatic fully Star-Delta starter.
8. Develop and test ladder program for water level controller using latch and unlatch
instructions.
9. Interface and test PLC based DOL starter to run the motor.
10. Interface and test PLC based Star-Delta starter to run the motor.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 13


Motor Control and PLC Lab Equipment’s Requirement:

Students Intake : 60

Students per Batch : 20

Quantity
Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Specification
Required
Contactor - 16A, 4POLE, Coil Voltage 220volts/50 hz AC
1 25 NOs.
With 2 NO + 2 NC

2 Timer ( Electronic ) 10 NOs.

3 Pneumatic Timer 5 NOs.

4 Push button (ON) 2 element type(1 NO + 1 NC) 25 NOs.

5 Push button ( OFF) 2 element type(1 NO + 1 NC) 25 NOs.

6 Terminals Knobs brass material with PVC top 100 NOs.

Different types of Push button Switches(key type, Illuminated type, 6 NOs. Each
7
Emergency trip mushroom head type) types

8 Limit Switches 12 NOs.

9 Selector Switches 6 NOs.

10 Thermal Over load relays(0-16A,415V with 1NO+1NC) 12 NOs.

PLC TRAINER KIT digital type with minimum 10 I/O’s with


11 10 Sets
Communication cable

02 NOs. each
12 SENSORS(types-optical, Inductive, Capactive and through beam)
type

13 Magnetic Float switch(Reed type) 02 NOs.

14 Industrial Hooter/Alarm(220V, Single Phase AC) 01 NOs.

15 Patch Cords 4mm cords banana pin type 100 NOs.

16 MCB 16A, 415V, 4pole 12NOs.

17 5A Supply Cords(2Pin/3Pin) 20 NOs.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 14


Quantity
Sl. No. Name of Equipment and Specification
Required
18 Single Phase Preventer 415V 3phase 06 NOs.

19 LED Indicators 18mm dia, 220V AC RYB colors 50 NOs.

Interfacing Models

(INDUCTION MOTORS AVALIABLE IN ELECTRICAL


LABS MAY BE USED)
20
DOL STARTER WITH MOTOR 01 NOs.

STAR-DELTA STARTER WITH MOTOR 01 NOs.

SEQUENCE CONTROL OF MOTORS 01 NOs.

21 24V DC Single change over Single/Two pole Relays(Four channel) 06 NOs.

******************************************************

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State Page 15


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bengaluru

Course Title :PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE LAB Course Code : 15EE65P


Semester : VI Course Group : Core
Teaching Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 (in Hours) Credits : 3 Credits
Type of course : Tutorial + Practical Total Contact Hours : 78
CIE : 25 Marks SEE : 50 Marks
Programme: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

Pre-requisites : Able to learn and get involved in individual, group activities and basic
knowledge of working on Computers.

Course Objectives : Personal and professional development of a student through activities such
as industry expert lectures, industrial visits, group discussions and seminars
etc.

Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of the Course, the student will be able to:
1. Demonstrate the information and data Search in advancements of Electrical and
Electronics Engineering.
2. Exposure to industry expert lectures and interaction.

3. Demonstrate interpersonal skills by way of Group discussions in a healthy environment

4. Develop confidence and life skills to handle engineering assignments

5. Understand industrial environment and visit industry

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 1


1. Information Search, Data collection and Presentation 18 HRS

Note: The concerned Course Coordinator will give/ assign/ approve the topic/ subject/ area of
the information and data to be searched and prepared through manufacturer’s catalogue,
websites, magazines, books etc. A HAND WRITTEN or PRINTED report with PPT
presentation in a specified format is to be submitted for CIE and SEE examinations.

The following topics are the suggested topics ;( Any ONE for group of 5 students)

1. Electrical materials and their applications


2. Latest trends in industrial Optoelectronic devices/ switches
3. Digital electronics applications in Transmission
4. Digital electronics applications in Electrical Distribution Smart grid
5. Distribution and monitoring of electrical power using Smart grid
6. Latest trends in Electrical Energy management
7. Renewable energy and alternative power sources
8. Latest trends in Power switches and converters
9. Diesel Generators systems
10. Synchronisation of Generators with power grid
11. Utilisation of Electrical power
12. Solar power systems and interfacing to grids
13. Latest trends in Electrical measurements
14. Electrical AC Drives
15. Electrical DC Drives
16. BLDC motors applications in Railway and Metro
17. Satellite communication
18. Mobile communication
19. Wireless networking of PCs/ and systems
20. Failures and Troubleshooting of Transformers
21. Environmental issues in Power plants.
22. ANY other relevant topic

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 2


2. Guest Lecture:
To be organized from any ONE of the following areas 12 HRS
Note: The ISTE student chapter/CCTEK/ Institution of Engineers (Student chapter)/ NSS
wing/ Student club of polytechnic may be used as platform to conduct this activity.
Experts / Professionals from different field/industries are invited to deliver lectures at least
ONE session in a semester. The topics may be selected by the Course Coordinator/industry
expert to develop required skills.
At the end of this activity each student has to submit a handwritten report of 2 pages
including discussion points for CIE and SEE.
1. Career opportunities
2. Cyber crime
3. Entrepreneurship development
4. Waste management and solutions
5. Medical awareness
6. Use of plastics
7. Computer aided Electrical drafting and design\
8. Trends in Apartment/ Building wiring systems
9. Metro rail systems
10. Developments in Tele communication
11. Recent trends in Mobile communication
12. Financing programs/ schemes from banks
13. Community development schemes
14. Digital India initiatives
15. Rain water harvesting
16. Educational loan schemes
17. Higher education opportunities
18. Pollution control.
19. Non destructive testing
20. Fire Fighting / Safety Precautions and First aid methods
21. Computer Networking and Security
22. Yoga Meditation
23. Aids awareness and health awareness.
24. Operation of electrical substation
25. Power factor improvement
26. Interview facing skills
27. National Skill Development of India scheme
28. Electricity rules and regulations
29. Biotechnology
30. Nanotechnology
31. Programmable logic controllers
32. TQM
33. Internet of Things
34. Cloud computing
35. Robotics
36. ANY other relevant topic

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 3


3. Group Discussion (Any One topic) 18 HRS
Note:
1. The concerned Course Coordinator will give/ assign/ approve the topic/ subject/ area
of Group discussion for a group of 10 students (2 Groups)
2. The Course co-ordinator will give method and rules to carry out group discussion.
3. Time duration will be decided.
4. An additional faculty of the institute will be invited as Moderator/ Referee/
Supervisor.
5. A HAND WRITTEN or PRINTED brief summary in a specified format is to be
submitted for CIE and SEE examinations.
6. Students will obtain signature of the Moderator on their report for this particular
activity with his remarks.

The following topics are the suggested topics ;( Any ONE for 2 groups of 5 students each)

1. Conscription should be made compulsory not a choice


2. Public relation of students through service to the society
3. Social responsibilities of students.
4. Polythene bags must be banned!
5. Do we really need smart cities?
6. E – Books or Printed books – what's your choice?
7. Will India really be the superpower of 21st century?
8. Managerial skills learnt in the classroom
9. Educated Indians lack national commitment.
10. E-Learning is good for the education system and society
11. Mobile phones - requirement of the day.
12. Compulsorily Rain water harvesting in Metro cities
13. Practice of safety in work environment.
14. Misuse of electric power.
15. Inter personal and public communication.
16. Misuse of mobile phones or electronic gadget.
17. Students lost in the internet forest. Is it advantageous?
18. ANY other relevant topic

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 4


4. Life skills 21 HRS
Activity 1:

¸ Prepare a Resume and a covering letter for any of the following jobs;
∑ Skilled technician for a switchgear fabrication industry.
∑ Technician who is proficient in maintenance of substation in KPTCL
∑ Any other suitable job

Note:

1. The ISTE student chapter/CCTEK/ Institution of Engineers (Student chapter)/ NSS


wing/ Student club of polytechnic may be used as platform to conduct this activity.
2. The students with mutual understanding will form the groups. Each group consists of
5 students.
3. The students groups under the guidance of Course Coordinator will arrange/ organise
any of the following activity.
4. A HAND WRITTEN or PRINTED brief summary of the activity/ skills developed in a
specified format is to be submitted for CIE and SEE examinations.
5. Resume preparation (Activity 1) and brief summary of the Activity 2 are evaluated each for
5 marks. The average of these two is considered for assigning marks for life skills activity

Activity 2:

The following topics are the suggested topics ;( Any ONE for 2 groups of 5 students each)
1 Career Guidance program
2 Conduct aptitude test.
3 Conduct Students seminars
4 Conduct Student presentation on topic chosen
5 Conduct GK quiz.
6 Conduct Technical quiz.
7 Essay writing on famous personality of 500 words.
8 Essay writing on national integrity of 500 words.
9 Conduct quiz on Electrical power Generation.
10 Conduct quiz on Electrical power Transmission.
11 Conduct quiz on Electrical power Utilisation.
12 Conduct quiz on Electrical power Distribution.
13 Essay writing on Principles of systematic life of 500 words.
14 Stress reduction and relaxation program.
15 Conduct Personality development program.
16 Solve Puzzles
17 ANY suitable activity

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 5


5. Industrial Visit (Any ONE) 09 HRS
Note:
1. The Course Coordinator will guide the students to get prior permission from the
identified industry.
2. A request and permission letter from office of the Polytechnic Principal will be given
to the nearby industry identified to be visited (one day visit only).
3. A HAND WRITTEN or PRINTED brief summary of the industry visited in a
specified format is to be submitted for CIE and SEE examinations.

Following are the suggested types of Industries/ Fields to be visited.

1. Electrical substation
2. Electrical MUSS station
3. Electrical receiving station
4. Electrical generating station nearby if available
5. HVDC power station
6. HVAC power station
7. Switch gear manufacturers
8. Distribution board assemblers
9. Electrical fitting manufacturers
10. Electrical Re-winders
11. Transformers manufacturers
12. Transformers Re-winders
13. Petroleum refineries
14. Chemical industries
15. Milk processing units
16. Food processing units
17. Textile industries
18. Printing industries
19. Saw mill
20. LT panel board in multi-storeyed apartment
21. Telecom switching (BSNL) unit
22. Water treatment unit
23. Radio station
24. TV station
25. Waste treatment plant
26. Any OTHER relevant topic

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 6


Reference Books:
1. Ashan Academy (2011), Communication and Analysis skills, Orient Blackswan,
Hyderabad.
2. Chakravarthi K. T. & Chakravarthi L. T. (2011), Soft Skills for Managers, biztantra,
New Delhi.
3. Alex K., (2009), Soft Skills: S. Chand & company Ltd, New Delhi.
4. Pink M. A. & S. E. Thomas. : Communication Skills, S. Chand & company Ltd, New
Delhi.
5. Siddons S. (2008), Presentation Skills, Universities Press, Hyderabad.
6. Adler.: Communication : Goals and Approaches, Cengage Learning.

e-Resources
7. http://www.how-to-write-a-resume.org/resume_writing_examples.html
8. http://www.mindtools.com/page8.html
9. http://lorien.ncl.ac.uk/ming/Dept/Tips/present/present.html
10. http://www.doaj.org/
11. http://www.openj-gate.com/

Composition of Educational Components:


Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:

Sl.
Educational Component Weightage (%)
No.
1 Understanding 40

2 Apply 40

3 Create 20

Total 100

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 7


Mapping Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:
(Course Outcome linkage to Cognitive Level)

Activity/
PO Cognitive Lab
Course Outcome Experiment
Mapped Level Sessions
linked
Demonstrate the information
and data Search in 2, 3, 7, 8,
CO1 1 Apply 15
advancements of Electrical 9, 10
and Electronics Engg.

Exposure to industry expert 2, 3, 7, 8,


CO2 2 Understand 10
lectures and interaction. 9, 10
Demonstrate interpersonal
2, 3, 7, 8,
skills by way of Group
CO3 3 Apply 20
discussions in a healthy 9, 10
environment

Develop confidence and life 2, 3, 7, 8,


CO4 skills to handle engineering 4 Create 15
assignments 9, 10

Understand industrial 2, 3, 7, 8,
CO5 environment and visit 5 Understand 18
industry 9, 10
U-Understanding; A-application/ Analysis; App-Application

Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcomes
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Professional
Practices 0 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 3 3
Lab

LEVEL 3- HIGHLY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 2-MODERATELY ADDRESSED, LEVEL 1-LOW ADDRESSED.


METHOD IS TO RELATE THE LEVEL OF PO WITH THE NUMBER OF HOURS DEVOTED TO THE COS WHICH ADDRESS
THE GIVEN PO.
IF >40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT
LEVEL 3
IF 25 TO 40% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED
AT LEVEL 2
IF 5 TO 25% OF CLASSROOM SESSIONS ADDRESSING A PARTICULAR PO, IT IS CONSIDERED THAT PO IS ADDRESSED AT
LEVEL 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 8


Course Assessment and Evaluation:

To Total Evidence Course


What Frequency
Whom Marks Collected Outcomes
Each student
Student activity to be RUBRICS
25 1 to 5
Activity evaluated for five Model
(5) marks
TOTAL 25

End Answer
End of the Course 50 1 to 5
Exam Scripts

Student Feedback on Middle of The


Feed Back Forms 1 to 5
course Course
End of Course
End of The Course Questionnaire 1 to 5
Survey
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note: Rubrics to be devised appropriately by the concerned faculty to assess Student activities.

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 9


MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING EACH STUDENT ACTIVITY:

RUBRICS to be devised by Course Co-coordinator for each activity like a


SAMPLE given below-

RUBRICS FOR ACTIVITY( 5 Marks)


Unsatisfactory Developing Satisfactory Good Exemplary Student
Dimension
1 2 3 4 5 Score
Collects very Collect much Collects Collects a Ex:
Does not collect
limited information; some basic great deal of
Collection any information
information; but very information; information; 4
of data relating to the
some relate to limited relate most refer to all refer to
topic
the topic to the topic the topic the topic
Does not perform Performs all
Fulfill Performs very Performs
any duties Performs very duties of
team’s roles little duties but nearly all 5
assigned to the little duties assigned
& duties unreliable. duties
team role team roles

Rarely does Usually does Always does


Normally
Shares Always relies on the assigned the assigned the assigned 3
does the
work others to do the work; often work; rarely work without
assigned
equally work needs needs having to be
work
reminding reminding reminded.

Usually does Talks good;


Is always talking; Listens, but
Listen to most of the but never Listens and 2
never allows sometimes
other Team talking; rarely show interest speaks a fair
anyone else to talk too
mates allows others in listening amount
speak much
to speak others

Average / Total marks=(4+5+3+2)/4=14/4=3.5=4

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 10


Scheme of Valuation for CIE (IA):

1. The marks for each activity should be awarded based on Rubrics Model and not
based on REPORT submitted.
2. For each activity student has to submit brief summary of the activity carried out or
undergone in the form of a Report.

Sl.
Student Activity Marks
No.
Information Search, Data
1 5
Collection and Presentation
2 Guest Lecture 5

3 Group Discussion 5

4 Life skills 5

5 Industrial Visit 5

Total 25

Scheme of Valuation for Semester End Examination (SEE) – 50 Marks

Serial no Description Marks

1 Report Submitted on all Five Activities 10


2 PPT Presentation on Information Search and Data Collection 20
3 Writing on Life skills Activity 10
Group Discussion/ Public Speaking (Max. 3 Mins.) on Topic
4 10
given/ Any One Activity
TOTAL 50

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE65P Page 11


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore

Course Title: PROJECT WORK (Electrical and Electronics)


Course
Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:2:4 Total Contact Hours: 78
Code:15EE66P
Type of Course:
Credit :03 Core: Practice
Practice
CIE- 25 Marks SEE- 50Marks
Prerequisites: Application learned concepts form the previous semester studied courses.

Course Objectives:

1. Learn the objective of this project is to provide opportunity for the students to implement
their skills acquired in the previous semesters to practical problems/problems faced by
industry/development of new facilities
2. Make the students come up with innovative/ new ideas in his area of interest.
3. Identify, analyze and develop opportunities as well as to solve broadly defined Electrical
and Electronics Engineering problems
4. Enhance students’ appreciation of the values of social responsibility, legal and ethical
principles, through the analysis and discussion of relevant articles and real time projects
Course outcome
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:

CL Linked Allotted
Course Outcome
PO hours
CO1 Understand and analyse the
R/U 2 to 10
project.
Apply the knowledge of latest
CO2 U/A/C 2 to 10
trends in design/simulation and
fabrication of the project
CO3 Relate the ideas while executing U/A/C 2 to 10
the project.
CO4 Conduct test to examine the E 2 to 10
performance of the project.
Prepare project report and power 6hrs/Week
CO5 point presentation for seminar in A/C/E 2 to 10
team to enhance his writing skills
and oral communication.
Develop individual confidence
to handle various electrical and
CO6 electronics engineering project A/C 2 to 10
and expose themselves to acquire
life skills solve practical problems

TOTAL
78 Hours

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
MAPPING COURSE OUTCOMES WITH PROGRAM OUTCOMES

Course-PO Attainment Matrix

Programme Outcome
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10

Experiments and

Individual and
Sustainability

Communicati
Engineer and

Environment
Engineering

Team work
practice
knowledge

knowledge
Discipline
Course

Life long
learning
society

Ethics
Tools
Basic

on
&
PROJECT WORK 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.


Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

Composition of Educational Components:

Questions for CIE and SEE will be designed to evaluate the various educational components
(Bloom’s taxonomy) such as:

Sl.
Educational Component Weightage (%)
No.

1 Remembering 10

2 Understanding 15

3 Application/ Analysis 25

4 Create 30

5 Evaluate 20

Total 100

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
1. PROJECT WORK: 78 HRS
A. INTRODUCTION

The objective of the project work is to enable the students in convenient groups of maximum
of 5 members on a project involving theoretical and experimental studies related to the
branch of study. Every project work shall have a guide who is the member of the faculty of
the institution. Six periods per week shall be allotted in the time table and this time shall be
utilized by the students to receive the directions from the guide, on library reading, laboratory
work, computer analysis or field work as assigned by the guide and also to present in
periodical seminars on the progress made in the project.
B. TIME FRAME FOR THE PROJECT

1. Carry out a session or a seminar from the ISTEStudent Chapter coordinator /


Programme coordinator with the help of Innovation club / I II cell for directing the
students to identify project areas in the field of their interested including
interdisciplinary areas.
2. Power point presentation in seminar should include detail description of project areas
related to program,, Project report formats, developing personnel writing skills.
3. The Students/Departments may at liberty to form the batch not less than 5 and
maximum 8at the end of V semester.
4. Students should take the approval from the Project committee/ Head of department
fordoing project.
5. After approval the batch of students will be published in department notice board
along with guide in the end of5th semester.
6. All students should finalize their Project immediately before commencement of SEE
of 5th semester.
7. The types of project may include:
 Industrial case study
 Preparation of a feasibility report
 Design and development of equipment.
 The overhauling of existing equipment
 Creation of New facilities
8. The project should be challenging but manageable within the resources and time
available.
9. Students should undergo reviews for three times in 6th semester during the internal
assessment. Time table for IA should include project review. The guide should
monitor the progress of Project work periodically and it should be finally evaluated
for 25 marks at the end of 6th semester.
10. The IA marks will be evaluated based on oral presentation and assessment by the
internal guide by adopting Rubrics being developed by Project committee.
11. Real time problems, Industry related problems, should be chosen and it is a
Responsibilities of the project committee / Programme coordinator/ Innovation club /
I.I.T. cell to choose the appropriate project and to accept the Project Proposal
12. Identification of Topic: The selection of topic is of crucial importance. It should be
field of interest. It is advisable to choose the project can be completed on time and
within the budget and resources. The topic should be clear, directional, focussed and
feasible.
13. An outline of project proposal submitted & synopsis from student will initiate a
dialogue between Student and Project coordinator who will then help you to work on
the chosen topic and report.

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
C. Field identified for Project work
Each student may be assigned any one of the following types of project work:
According to the local needs, the following major projects are suggested:
The following areas may be chosen while selecting a project work:-

1. PLC based
2. Microcontroller based
3. Application software based
4. Load survey study in order to select suitable meter /motor/
capacitor/energy conservation /to improve the overall system in
following places:-
a. Institution
b. Hostel
c. Apartment
d. Industry
e. KEB/BSNL
f. Substation
g. Any feeder line
7 Power electronics based
8 Electric drive based
9 Energy Conservation related project
10 Modernization of existing laboratory
11 Automation based
12 Non Conventional generation of electric energy
13 Electric Motor Control
14 Switchgear and Protection based
15 Any other innovative ideas in the field of electrical and electronics
field.

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
E. Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme for Project work

What To When/Where Max Evidence Course outcomes


whom (Frequency in the Marks collected
course)
CIE
1. Project Synopsis. CO1, CO2,
Direct Assessment met

(At the end of


2. Log sheet CO3,CO4,CO5,
semester) 25 3. Project report
CIE

IA

CO6
Students

4. project model

CO1, CO2, CO3,CO4,CO5,CO6


SEE
End 50 Project report / project model / Study
SEE End of the course
Exam report
Student CO1
Feedback on Middle of the course Feedback forms Delivery of course
Indirect Assessment

course
End of Course CO1 to CO6
Students

Survey Effectiveness of
Delivery of
End of the course Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
E. Guidelines for the preparation of project report

1. Project reports should be typed neatly in Times New Roman letters with font size 14 for titles and
12 for text on both sides of the paper with 1.5 line spacing on a A4 size paper (210 x 297 mm).
The margins should be: Left - 1.5", Right - 1", Top and Bottom - 0.75".
2. The total number of reports (Soft bound) to be prepared are
 One copy to the department /library
 One copy to the concerned guide(s)
 One copy to the candidate.
3. Before taking the final printout, the approval of the concerned guide(s) is mandatory and suggested
corrections, if any, must be incorporated.
4. Every copy of the report must contain
 Inner title page (White)
 Outer title page with a plastic cover
 Candidate declaration and Certificate in the format enclosed both from the institution and the
organization where the project is carried out.
 An abstract (synopsis) not exceeding 100 words, indicating salient features of the work.
5. The organization of the report should be as follows
1. Inner title page
2. Abstract or Synopsis
Usually numbered in
3. Acknowledgments
roman
4. Table of Contents
5. List of table & figures (optional)
Chapters(to be numbered in Arabic) containing Introduction-, which usually specifies the
scope of work and its importance and relation to previous work and the present developments, Main
body of the report divided appropriately into chapters, sections and subsections.
The chapters, sections and subsections may be numbered in the decimal form for e.g. Chapter
2, sections as 2.1, 2.2 etc., and subsections as 2.2.3, 2.5.1 etc.
The chapter must be left or right justified (font size 16). Followed by the title of chapter
centered (font size 18), section/subsection numbers along with their headings must be left
justified with section number and its heading in font size 16 and subsection and its heading in
font size 14. The body or the text of the report should have font size 12.
The figures and tables must be numbered chapter wise
The last chapter should contain the summary of the work carried, contributions if any, their
utility along with the scope for further work.
Reference or Bibliography: The references should be numbered serially in the order of
their occurrence in the text and their numbers should be indicated within square brackets for e.g. [3].
The section on references should list them in serial order in the following format.

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
1. For textbooks – Dr.Paramar S, Welding process and technology, Khanna publishers,
NewDelhi, 2 Edition, 2003.
2. For papers – Y.Javadi and I.sattari, Welding distortion in pipes, Journal of pressure vessels
and piping, Vol 85, Aug 2008, pp 337-343

CIE Evaluation NOTE: Rubrics Model (for 20 Marks) should be prepared


by the Course Coordinator to evaluate the student performance on various
components during Project execution. The Rubrics Model marks should be
included in the final project Report.

CIEASSESSMENT FOR FINAL REVIEW


1. Log sheet 05 mark
2. Assessment (as per Rubrics) 20 mark
TOTAL 25 mark

SEE ASSESSMENT:

1. Project Report 10 mark


2. Writing Synopsis/ Diagrams/ working, etc 10 marks
3. Project Demonstration 20 marks
4. Viva Voce 10 marks
TOTAL 50 Marks

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
MODEL OF RUBRICS FOR ASSESSING REVIEWS OF PROJECT FOR CIE

Student Reg Dimension Scale Students Score


name no
Unsatisfactory Developing satisfactor Good Exemplary 1 2 3 4 5
y
Collect
Collects Collects Collects a
much
Does not very some great deal
informati
collect any limited basic of
Collection on; but
information informatio informati informati
of data very
relating to n; some on; most on; all
limited
the topic relate to refer to refer to
relate to
the topic the topic the topic
the topic
Does not Performs
Performs
Fulfill perform any Performs Performsall duties
very little
team’s roles duties very little nearly all of
duties but
& duties assigned to duties duties assigned
unreliable.
the team role team roles
Always
Rarely Usually
does the
does the does the
Always Normally assigned
Shares assigned assigned
relies on does the work
work work; work;
others to do assigned without
equally often rarely
the work work having to
needs needs
be
reminding reminding
reminded.
Usually
Talks
does most
Is always good; but Listens, Listens
of the
Listen to talking; never but and
talking;
other Team never allows show sometime speaks a
rarely
mates anyone else interest in s talk too fair
allows
to speak listening much amount
others to
others
speak
Grand Average/Total

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
APPENDIX 1 (Cover page)
(A typical Specimen of Cover Page )<Font Style Times New Roman – Bold>
TITLE OF PROJECT REPORT
<Font Size 18><1.5 line spacing>
A PROJECT REPORT
<Font Size 14>
Submitted by
<Font Size 14><Italic>

NAME OF THE CANDIDATE(S)


<Font Size 16>

in partial fulfilment for the award of the diploma


of
<Font Size 14><1.5 line spacing><Italic>

DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS


ENGINEERING PROGRAMME
<Font Size 16>

IN
DEPARTMENT OF E and E ENGINEERING
<Font Size 14>
LOGO

NAME OF THE COLLEGE


<Font Size 14>

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION


BENGALURU-560001
<Font Size 16><1.5 line spacing>

Year of submission: ( MONTH & YEAR)


<Font Size 14>

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
APPENDIX 2 (Title page)
(A typical Specimen of Title Page) <Font Style Times New Roman – Bold>A Project Report
on

<TITLE OF THE PROJECT WORK>

Submitted for partial fulfilment of the requirements for the award of the
of

DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

BY
BATCH
<Mr. / Ms. Name of the Student (Roll No.)>
<Mr. / Ms. Name of the Student (Roll No.)>
<Mr. / Ms. Name of the Student (Roll No.)>
<Mr. / Ms. Name of the Student (Roll No.)>
<Mr. / Ms. Name of the Student (Roll No.)>

Under the guidance of

<Name of the Staff>


Lecturer
Department of E&E
Place--------

Department of E&E Engineering


<<NAME OF INSTITUTE>>
<<ADDRESS OF INSTITUTE>>

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
APPENDIX 3 (Certificate)

(A typical specimen of Bonafide


Certificate)
<Font Style Times New Roman>

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION


BENGALURU-560001
<Font Style Times New Roman – size -18>

BONAFIDE CERTIFICATE
<Font Style Times New Roman – size -16>

<Font Style Times New Roman – size -14>

Certified that this project report “……….TITLE OF THE


PROJECT……………..”is the bonafide work of “…………..NAME OF THE
CANDIDATE(S).…………”who carried out the project work under my
supervision.

<<Signature of the Head of the Department>><<Signature of the Project coordinator>>

SIGNATURE SIGNATURE

<<Name>> <<Name>>

HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT PROJECT CORDINATOR

<<Academic Designation>>

<<Department>>Department of E &E Engineering

<<Full address of the Dept& College >><<Full address of the Dept& College >>

Examiners 1......................<<Signature, Name, Designation& Address>>........

Examiners 2......................<<Signature, Name, Designation& Address>>........

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
APPENDIX 4 (Candidate declaration)

CANDIDATE’S DECLARATION

I, ------------------------------------------ a student of Diploma in ------------------------------ Department

bearing Reg No---------------------------------------of ---------------------------------------------- hereby

declare that I own full responsibility for the information, results and conclusions provided in this

project work titled “----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- “submitted

to Board of Technical Examinations, Government of Karnataka for the award of Diploma in -----

------------------------------.

To the best of my knowledge, this project work has not been submitted in part or full elsewhere in any

other institution/organization for the award of any certificate/diploma/degree. I have completely taken

care in acknowledging the contribution of others in this academic work. I further declare that in case

of any violation of intellectual property rights and particulars declared, found at any stage, I, as the

candidate will be solely responsible for the same.

Date:

Place: Signature of
candidate
Name: ---------------
Reg No---------------

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
APPENDIX 5 (Certificate issued by guide)

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION

NAME OF THE INSTITUTION

Address with pin code

Department of ……………………………………………………..

CERTIFICATE
Certified that this project report entitled ----------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------”which is being

submitted by Mr./Ms. ………………………….……………….., Reg. No…..……………, a

bonafide student of …………………………………….in partial fulfilment for the award of

Diploma in -----------------Engineering during the year ……………………... is record of

students own work carried out under my/our guidance. It is certified that all

corrections/suggestions indicated for internal Assessment have been incorporated in the

Report and one copy of it being deposited in the polytechnic library.

The project report has been approved as it satisfies the academic requirements in respect of
Project work prescribed for the said diploma.

It is further understood that by this certificate the undersigned do not endorse or approve any

statement made, opinion expressed or conclusion drawn there in but approve the project only

for the purpose for which it is submitted.

Guide(s)

Name and signature

Examiner 1
2 Head of Department

Dept. of --------------------

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
APPENDIX 6

Format of Synopsis

1. Title of the Project

2. Objectives of the study

3. Rationale for the study

4. Statement of the Problem

5. Detailed Methodology to be used for carrying out the study

6. The expected contribution from the study (to perform any laboratory experiments)

7. List of activities to be carried out to complete the project (with the help of a bar chart

showing the time schedule)

8. Places/labs/equipment and tools required and planning of arrangements

9. Problems envisaged in carrying out the project, if any.

10. Brief description of project in 100 words

APPENDIX-7 FORMAT OF LOG SHEET

Sl.No. Date Project activity Initials of Guide

Understand and analyse the project.


Apply the knowledge of latest trends in design/simulation and fabrication of the project
Relate the ideas while executing the project.
Conduct test to examine the performance of the project.
Prepare project report and power point presentation for seminar in team to enhance his
writing skills and oral communication.
Develop individual confidence to handle various electrical and electronics engineering
project and expose themselves to acquire life skills solve practical problems

Directorate Of Technical Education


Karnataka State E&E
MODEL (PROJECT TIME LINE)- APPENDIX-8
END OF
TASK Responsibility VI SEMESTER
SL.No V SEMESTER
WEEK Project 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 Seminar regarding Project work Com/HOD

2 Batch formation &Guide allocation HOD

3 Identification of project Students/Guide

4 Project synopsis Submission Students

5 Finalisation of Project Students/Guide

6 Literature survey Students/Guide

7 Identification of facility to do PW Guide

Using the knowledge of latest trends Students/Guide


8 in design/simulation and fabrication of
the project
Conduct test to examine the Students
9 performance of the project .Results
discussion

10 Review of Project report by guide Students

Project report submission & Seminar Students/Guide


11
using power point presentation

Directorate Of Technical Education Karnataka State E&E


Government of Karnataka
Department of Technical Education
Board of Technical Examinations, Bangalore
Course Title: INPLANT TRAINING
Total Contact Hours: Course Code:
Scheme (L:T:P) : 0:0:4 52 15EE67P
Type of Course:
Periodical Exposure and Core/ Elective:
working in industrial Credit :02 Core(practice)
environment
Only CIE:25 Marks

Prerequisites: Enthusiasm to Explore New things by participating in individual tasks


available in outside industrial learning environment and acquires skills from
participating in such activities.
Course Objectives:

Inplant training is a learning opportunity for students. Students should therefore receive
feedback on their performance so that they can grow professionally. Overall professional
development of diploma electrical engineers is the need of the day for enabling them to
sustain in competitive global environment..

COURSE OUTCOME
On successful completion of the course, the students will be able to:
CL Linked Allotted
Course Outcome
PO hours
Exposure to the industrial
CO1 environment and Recognize the
requirement of the industry and Application/Analysis/Innovative 2 to 10
cope with the industrial
scenario
Identify career paths taking into
account Their individual
CO2 strengths and aptitude and Application/Analysis/Innovative 2 to 10
Prepare a report about the work
experience in industry
CO3 Communicate effectively Application/Analysis/Innovative 2 to 10 4hrs/weak
through technical presentation.
Enhancing the employability
CO4 skills and start-up skills to Application/Analysis/Innovative 2 to 10
increase his ability to engage in,
life-long learning,
Develop individual confidence
to handle various engineering
2 to 10
CO5 assignments and expose Application/Analysis/Innovative
themselves to acquire life skills
to meet societal challenges
TOTAL 52 Hours

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE67P Page 1


COURSE-PO ATTAINMENT MATRIX

Course Programme Outcomes


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
INPLANT TRAINING 0 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Level 3- Highly Addressed, Level 2-Moderately Addressed, Level 1-Low Addressed.
Method is to relate the level of PO with the number of hours devoted to the COs which address the given PO.
If >40% sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 3
If 25 to 40% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 2
If 5 to 25% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is addressed at Level 1
If < 5% of classroom sessions addressing a particular PO, it is considered that PO is considered not-addressed.

1. Inplant training: 52 HRS

A. Introduction
1. Inplant training means a course of training in any industry or establishment
undergone by the student of final year diploma in Electrical Engineering in
pursuance of memorandum of understanding between industry and department of
the concerned institute or department can make necessary arrangements in the
local vicinity industries to expose their students for industry learning environment.
2. Industry means any industry or business in which any trade, occupation or subject
field in engineering or technology may be specified as a designated trade.
Establishment includes any place where any industry is carried on.

3. The period of implant training will be the period of one semester term for the subject.
The student can be sent to the industry for one day in a week or for fixed term as the
case may be. The period of training and other modalities will be decided by the
respective department head in consultation with local industry authorities.
B. The Industries where in-plant training can undergone

1. The Guide allotted by the department head has liberty to select nearby
organization/industry of local vicinity with prior approval of principal of the
institute. Structured training to be arranged by guide and report of the training,
undergone by the individual student shall be submitted.
2. The electrical engineering diploma students can take inplant training in any one of
the following industries and study equipments /motors related to electrical
engineering.
o Any Electrical or Electronics area related firm, industry, enterprises,
etc,
o KPTCL
o ESCOM
o KPC
o Refineries
o Formen Training Institute, Bengaluru-22
o Apex Hi-Tech Institute, FTI Compus,Bengaluru-22
o Hydro Power plant
o Thermal Power Plant
o Nuclear Power Plant

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE67P Page 2


o Tidal Power Plant
o Wind mill
o Solar power Plant
o Substations
o Embedded Systems firm
o PLC firm
o MEMS
o Nano Technology Sector
o Public sector enterprises
o State government undertaking
o Public limited companies
o Private limited companies
o Individual ownership organisations
o Karnataka Milk Federations Milk Processing and chilling units
o Agro based food processing units
o Agro based industries
o BHEL
o Any other Related Electrical Company
o BSNL
o BEML
o BEL
o HAL
o CPRI
o NAL
o Any DRDO organisation
o Cable process industries.
o Power looms
o Stone crushers / Cement mix plant
o Power looms
o Paper mills
o Cement Factories
o Sugar factories
o Textile industry / Textile machinery manufacturing / garment
manufacturing /embroidery / textile printing and dying units.
 MUSS(Master Unit Sub-Station)
o The power generation units

 LOCAL VISITS
 Local motor rewinding workshop
 Local Sub-Stations.
 Local granite process industries.
 Local sugar factories.
 Local lathe machine shop.
 Stone crushers / Cement mix plant
 Local welding shop
 Local Garment industries
 Local cement industries
 Local diesel power plants

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE67P Page 3


 Ply wood industries
 Milk processing industries
 Transformer manufacturing industry
 Fabrication industries
 Coffee / Tea curing industries.

Obligation on students

1. To learn his/her subject field in Engineering or Technology conscientiously and diligently at


his place of training.
2. To carry out all orders of his Employer and the Superior in the establishment.

3. To abide by the Rules and Regulations of the Industry/Establishment in all matters of


conduct and discipline.
4. The student shall maintain a report of his work during the period of his implant training (log
sheet)
5. They are required to complete their in-plant training in a given period.
6. During this period, they shall be familiar with the understanding of the process and
activities.
7. During this period, they shall be familiar with the understanding of the various motors used
in the process.
8. The students can be asked to solve the problem related to electrical equipments/motors, that
will make them think and make them try out some sort solutions.

D. Monitoring of Inplant Training

1. The department Head will make the batches in group of students, The faculty will be in
charge of supervising and monitoring the activity of the group.
2. The faculty and Industry supervisor will work out a suitable arrangement to review the
progress of the work from time to time. The department Head should monitor the progress
of in-plant training in association with industry authority.
3. Every student undergoing in-plant training in the respective branch of Engineering in any
Establishment shall be treated as a trainee. The provision of any law with respect to labour
will not apply to such a trainee
4. It shall not be obligatory on the part of the Employer / Industry to offer any stipend and
other welfare amenities available, if any, to the students undergoing in-plant training.
However, if the industry desirous to do so, at will be a privilege for the students.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE67P Page 4


E. Internal examination:

Scheme of valuation
1. CIE
SL No Particulars Marks
1 Visiting Industry 10
2 Submission of report 10
3 Viva-voce 05
TOTAL 25

F. Course Assessment and Evaluation Scheme for Project work


What To When/Where Max Evidence Course outcomes
whom (Frequency in the Marks collected
course)
CIE
Report and Log of
Direct Assessment

sheets CO1, CO2,


CO3,CO4,CO5
CIE

Students
IA

25
met

End SEE
SEE No End Examination
Exam
Student CO1, CO2
Indirect Assessment

Feedback on Middle of the course Feedback forms Delivery of course


course
Students

End of Course CO1 to CO5


Survey Effectiveness of
Delivery of
End of the course Questionnaires
instructions &
Assessment
Methods
*CIE – Continuous Internal Evaluation *SEE – Semester End Examination

Note to IA verifier: The following documents to be verified by CIE verifier at the end of
semester
1. Student activities / Inplant Training to be assessed through Rubrics.
2. Student feedback on course regarding Effectiveness of Delivery of instructions
& Assessment Methods.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE67P Page 5


ANNEXURE
REPORT ON INPLANT TRAINING
FORMAT FOR PREPARATION OF TRAINING REPORT
(Four Weeks/Six Weeks/ Six Months)
ARRANGEMENT OF CONTENTS:
The sequence in which the training report material should be arranged and
bound as follows:

1. Cover Page
2. Inner Title Page (Same as cover page)
3. Certificate by Company/Industry/Institute (Optional)
4. Acknowledgement
5. About Company/industry/institute
6. Table of Contents
7. List of Tables
8. List of Figures
9. Abbreviations and Nomenclature(If any)
10. Chapters
11. References
12. Data Sheet(If any)
13. Appendices ( If any)
The tables and figures shall be introduced in the appropriate places.

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE67P Page 6


TYPING INSTRUCTIONS:

1. The Implant training report must be submitted in Two Copies (one for department
nd
and 2 for library) duly signed by the HOD. Students should also submit the soft
copy on CD in pdf format in the library.
2. The length of the training report may be about 40 to 50 page.
3. The training report shall be computer typed (English- British, Font -Times
Roman, Size-12 point) and printed on A4 size paper.
4. The training report shall be hard bound with cover page in Maroon color. The
name of the students, degree, duration of training period, institute name shall
be printed in Bold Black letters on the cover page
5. The training report shall be typed with 1.5 line spacing with a margin 3.5 cm on the
left, 2.5 cm on the top, and 1.25 cm on the right and at bottom. Every page in the
report must be numbered. The page numbering, starting from acknowledgements and
till the beginning of the introductory chapter, should be printed in small Roman
numbers, i.e, i, ii, iii, iv...... The page number of the first page of each chapter should
not be printed (but must be accounted for). All page numbers from the second page of
each chapter should be printed using Arabic numerals, i.e. 2,3,4,5... All printed page
numbers should be located at the bottom centre of the page.
6. In the training report, the title page [Refer sample sheet (inner title pager)]
should be given first and printed in black letters.
7. The table of contents should list all headings and sub-headings. The title page and
certificates will not find a place among the items listed in the Table of Contents. One
and a half line spacing should be adopted for typing the matter under this head.
8. The list of tables should use exactly the same captions as they appear above
the tables in the text. One and a half spacing should be adopted for typing the
matter under this head.
9. The list of figures should use exactly the same captions as they appear below
the figures in the text. One and a half spacing should be adopted for typing the
matter under this head.
10. The list of symbols, abbreviation & nomenclature should be typed with one
and a half line spacing. Standard symbols, abbreviation etc should be used.
11. Training report should consist of following chapters.
a. Chapter 1- Introduction

b. Chapter 2- Details of department/Areas where the student undergone

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE67P Page 7


training
(It will be divided into several chapters and each chapter should be
numbered separately. A chapter may be further divided into several
divisions and sub-divisions depending on the content
c. Chapter 3- PO/Skills attained by training.
d. Chapter 4- Conclusion by the student

Directorate of Technical Education Karnataka State 15EE67P Page 8

You might also like